UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20112013

or

 

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period fromto

Commission file number 0-23976

 

 

 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Virginia 54-1232965

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

112 West King Street, Strasburg, Virginia 22657
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (540) 465-9121

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $1.25 par value

(Title of class)

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this Chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this Chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ¨  Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨  Smaller reporting company x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the closing sales price on June 30, 20112013 was $24,444,776.$22,449,414.

The number of outstanding shares of common stock as of March 26, 201221, 2014 was 2,955,649.4,901,464.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Proxy Statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders – Part III

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page 
Part I

Item 1.

 

Business

   3  

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

   1110  

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

16
Item 2.

Properties

   17  

Item 3.2.

 

Legal ProceedingsProperties

   1718  

Item 4.3.

 

Mine Safety DisclosuresLegal Proceedings

   1719  
Part II

Item 5.4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

19
Part II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   1819  

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

   20  

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   21  

Item 8.7A.

 

Financial StatementsQuantitative and Supplementary DataQualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   3941  

Item 9.8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

41

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   7985  

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

   7985  

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

   7985  
Part III

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   7985  

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

   7985  

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   7985  

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   7985  

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   7985  
Part IV

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

   8086  

Part I

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

First National Corporation (the Company) makes forward-looking statements in this Form 10-K that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include statements regarding profitability, liquidity, adequacy of capital, allowance for loan losses, interest rate sensitivity, market risk, growth strategy and financial and other goals. The words “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” or other similar words or terms are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to significant uncertainties because they are based upon or are affected by factors including:

 

the ability to raise capital as needed;

adverse economic conditions in the market area and the impact on credit quality and risks inherent in the loan portfolio such as repayment risk and fluctuating collateral values;

 

additional future losses if our levels of non-performing assets do not moderate and if the proceeds we receive upon liquidation of assets are less than the carrying value of such assets;

 

further increases of non-performing assets may reduce interest income and increase net charge-offs, provision for loan losses, and operating expenses;

 

the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses related to specific reserves on impaired loans, and changes in factors considered such as general economic and business conditions in the market area and overall asset quality;

 

the adequacy of the valuation allowance for other real estate owned related to changes in economic conditions and local real estate activity;

 

loss or retirement of key executives;

 

the ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry;

 

legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, may adversely affect the businesses that the Company is engaged in;

 

the ability to implement various technologies into our operations may impact the Company’s ability to operate profitably;

 

the ability of the Company to implement its disaster recovery plan in the event of a natural or other disaster;

 

risks related to the timing of the recoverability of the deferred tax asset, which is subject to considerable judgment, and the risklosses that even after the recovery of the deferred tax asset balance under GAAP, there will remain limitations on could arise from breaches in cyber-security;

the ability to include our deferred tax assets for regulatoryraise capital purposes;

as needed;

 

increases in FDIC insurance premiums could adversely affect the Company’s profitability;

 

the ability to retain customers and secondary funding sources if the Bank’s reputation would become damaged;

 

the reliance on secondary sources, such as Federal Home Loan Bank advances, sales of securities and loans, federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks and out-of-market time deposits, to meet liquidity needs;

 

changes in interest rates could have a negative impact on the Company’s net interest income and an unfavorable impact on the Bank’s customers’ ability to repay loans; and

 

other factors identified in Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, below.

Because of these and other uncertainties, actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. In addition, past results of operations do not necessarily indicate future results.

 

Item 1.Business

General

First National Corporation (the Company) is thea bank holding company of:incorporated under Virginia law on September 7, 1983. The Company owns all of the stock of its primary operating subsidiary, First Bank (the Bank), which is a commercial bank chartered under Virginia law. The Company’s subsidiaries are:

 

First Bank (the Bank). The Bank owns:

 

First Bank Financial Services, Inc.

 

Shen-Valley Land Holdings, LLC

 

First National (VA) Statutory Trust II (Trust II)

 

First National (VA) Statutory Trust III (Trust III)

First Bank Financial Services, Inc. invests in entities that provide title insurance and investment services. Shen-Valley Land Holdings, LLC was formed to holdholds other real estate owned and future office sites.owned. The Trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities, commonly known as trust preferred securities.

The Bank first opened for business on July 1, 1907 under the name The Peoples National Bank of Strasburg. On January 10, 1928, the Bank changed its name to The First National Bank of Strasburg. On April 12, 1994, the Bank received approval from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (the Federal Reserve) and the Virginia State Corporation Commission’s Bureau of Financial Institutions to convert to a state chartered bank with membership in the Federal Reserve System. On June 1, 1994, the Bank consummated such conversion and changed its name to First Bank.

Access to Filings

The Company’s internet address iswww.therespowerinone.comwww.fbvirginia.com. The Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, as filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), are available free of charge atwww.therespowerinone.comwww.fbvirginia.com as soon as reasonably practicable after being filed with or furnished to the SEC. A copy of any of the Company’s filings will be sent, without charge, to any shareholder upon written request to: M. Shane Bell, Chief Financial Officer, at 112 West King Street, Strasburg, Virginia 22657.

Products and Services

The Bank’s primary market area is located within an hour commute of the Washington, D.C. Metropolitan Area. The Bank’s office locations are well-positioned in strong markets along the Interstate 81 and Interstate 66 corridors in the northern Shenandoah Valley region of Virginia, including Shenandoahwhich include the City of Winchester, Frederick County, Warren County Frederick County and the City of Winchester.Shenandoah County. Within the market area there are various types of industry including health care, government,medical and professional services, manufacturing, retail manufacturing, and construction.higher education. Customers include individuals, small and medium-sized businesses, local governmental entities and non-profit organizations.

The Bank provides loan, deposit, investment, trust and assetwealth management and other products and services in the northern Shenandoah Valley region of Virginia. Loan products and services include personal loans, residential mortgages, home equity loans and commercial loans. Deposit products and services include checking, savings, NOW accounts, money market accounts, IRA accounts, certificates of deposit, and cash management accounts. The Bank offers other services, including internet banking, mobile banking, remote deposit capture and other traditional banking services.

The Bank’s Trust and AssetWealth Management Department offers a variety of trust and assetwealth management services including estate planning, investment management of assets, trustee under an agreement, trustee under a will, individual retirement accounts, estate settlement, 401(k) and benefit plans. The BankWealth Management Department also offers financial planning and brokerage services for its customers through its investment division, First Financial Advisors.

The Bank’s products and services are provided through 10 branch offices, 301 customer service center, 26 ATMs and its website,www.therespowerinone.comwww.fbvirginia.com. The Bank operates six of its offices under the “Financial Center” concept. A Financial Center offers all of the Bank’s financial services at one location. This concept allows loan, deposit, trust and investment advisorywealth management personnel to be readily available to serve customers throughout the Bank’s market area. For the location of each of these Financial Centers, see Item 2 of thisForm 10-K below.10-K.

Competition

The financial services industry remains highly competitive and is constantly evolving. The Company experiences strong competition in all aspects of its business. In its market areas, the Company competes with large national and regional financial institutions, credit unions, other independent community banks, large financial institutions, savings banks, mortgage companies,as well as consumer finance companies, mortgage companies, loan production offices, mutual funds and life insurance companies, credit unions, internet-based banks, brokerage firms and money market mutual funds.companies. Competition has increasedincreasingly come from out-of-state banks through their acquisitionacquisitions of Virginia-based banksbanks. Competition for deposits and branches and from other financial institutions through use of internet banking.

The financial services industry is highly competitive and could become more competitive as a result of recent and ongoing legislative, regulatory and technological changes, and continued consolidation within the financial services industry. Advantages larger financial institutions may have over the Company include more efficient operations from economies of scale, the ability to support wide-ranging advertising campaigns, larger amounts of capital and substantially higher lending limits. Credit unions have a competitive advantage because of a more favorable tax treatment than the Company and can pass those savings on to their customers through lower loan rates and higher deposit rates.

The competition for loans and deposits is affected by various factors such asincluding interest rates and terms offered, the number and location of branches and types of products offered, service, as well asand the reputation of the institution. We believe the Company’sCredit unions have been allowed to increasingly expand their membership definitions and, because they enjoy a favorable tax status, may be able to offer more attractive loan and deposit pricing.

The Company believes its competitive advantages include long-term customer relationships, local management and directors, a commitment to excellent customer service, dedicated and loyal employees, local management and directors, and the support of and involvement in the communities that the Company serves. The Company focuses on providing products and services to individuals, small to medium-sized businesses and local governmental entities within its communities. According to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit data as of June 30, 2011,2013, the Bank was ranked first in Shenandoah County with $228.6$229.3 million in deposits, representing 30% of the total deposit market; third in Warren County with $60.1$60.6 million or 12% of the market; fourth in Frederick County with $80.3 million or 15%13% of the market; and fifthfourth in the City of Winchester and Frederick County with $107.6$191.9 million or 8%9% of the market. The Bank was ranked secondthird overall in its market area with 15% of the total deposit market.

No material part of the business of the Company is dependent upon a single or a few customers, and the loss of any single customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon the business of the Company.

Employees

At December 31, 2011,2013, the Company and the Bank employed a total of 151141 full-time equivalent employees. The Company considers relations with its employees to be excellent.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

As a bankBank holding company, the Company is subject to regulationcompanies and banks are extensively and increasingly regulated under the Bank Holding Company Actboth federal and state laws. The following description briefly addresses certain historic and current provisions of 1956, as amended, and the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. As a state-chartered commercial bank, the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Virginia State Corporation Commission’s Bureau of Financial Institutions and the Federal Reserve. Other federal and state laws including various consumer and compliance laws, govern the activities of the Bank, the investments that it makescertain regulations, proposed regulations, and the aggregate amount of loans that it may grant to one borrower. Lawspotential impacts on the Company and regulations administered by the regulatory agencies also affect corporate practices, including business practices related to payment and charging of interest, documentation and disclosures, and affect the ability to open and close offices or purchase other entities.

The following description summarizes the significant federal and state laws applicable to the Company’s industry.Bank. To the extent that statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals are described in this report, the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to thatthe particular statutory or regulatory provision.provisions or proposals.

Regulatory Reform – The Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted in 2010, implemented and continues to implement significant changes to the regulation of the financial services industry, including provisions that, among other things:

Centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency within the Federal Reserve Board, the CFPB, with broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority with respect to a wide range of consumer protection laws that generally apply to all banks and thrifts. Smaller financial institutions, including the Bank, Holdingcontinue to be subject to the supervision and enforcement of their primary federal banking regulator with respect to the federal consumer financial protection laws.

Apply the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions and to bank holding companies.

Require the FDIC to seek to make its capital requirements for banks countercyclical so that the amount of capital required to be maintained increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction.

Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital.

Implement corporate governance revisions, including advisory votes on executive compensation by stockholders.

Established extensive requirements applicable to mortgage lending, including detailed requirements concerning mortgage originator compensation and underwriting, high-cost mortgages, servicing, appraisals, counseling and other matters.

Make permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance.

Repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

The Dodd-Frank Act amends the BHC Act to require the federal financial regulatory agencies to adopt rules that prohibit banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in and sponsoring certain unregistered investment companies (defined as hedge funds and private equity funds). The statutory provision is commonly called the “Volcker Rule”. The Federal Reserve Board issued final rules implementing the Volcker Rule on December 10, 2013. The Volcker Rule became effective on July 21, 2012 and the final rules are effective April 1, 2014, but the Federal Reserve Board issued an order extending the period during which institutions have to conform their activities and investments to the

requirements of the Volcker Rule to July 21, 2015. Although we are continuing to evaluate the impact of the Volcker Rule and the final rules adopted thereunder, we do not currently anticipate that the Volcker Rule will have a material effect on the operations of the holding company or the Bank, as we generally do not engage in the businesses prohibited by the Volcker Rule.

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act still remain subject to rulemaking by various regulatory agencies and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company, its customers or the financial industry more generally. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may affect the profitability of business activities, require changes to certain business practices, impose more stringent capital requirements, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements, or otherwise adversely affect the business of the Company and the Bank. These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

UnderThe Company

General. As a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHCA”), the Company is subject to periodicsupervision, regulation, and examination by the Federal Reserve and required to file periodic reports regarding its operations and any additional information that the Federal Reserve may require. Activities atReserve. The Company is also registered under the bank holding company arelaws of Virginia and is subject to supervision, regulation, and examination by the Virginia State Corporation Commission (the “SCC”).

Permitted Activities. A bank holding company is limited to:

banking,to managing or controlling banks;

banks, furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries;subsidiaries, and

engaging in other activities that the Federal Reserve has determineddetermines by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident to these activities.

Some of the activities thatthereto. In determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulationmust consider whether the performance of such an activity reasonably can be expected to be closely relatedproduce benefits to the businesspublic that outweigh possible adverse effects. Possible benefits include greater convenience, increased competition, and gains in efficiency. Possible adverse effects include undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, and unsound banking practices. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company include making or servicing loans and specific typesits subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate ownership or control of leases, performing specific data processing services and acting in some circumstances asany subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that a fiduciaryserious risk to the financial safety, soundness or investment or financial adviser.

With some limited exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act requires everystability of any bank subsidiary of that bank holding company to obtainmay result from such an activity.

Banking Acquisitions; Changes in Control. The BHCA requires, among other things, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before:

acquiring substantially all the assets ofin any bank;

acquiringcase where a bank holding company proposes to (i) acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if after such acquisition it would own or control more than 5% of the outstanding voting sharesstock of suchany bank or bank holding company (unless it already owns or controls thea majority of such voting shares); or

merging, (ii) acquire all or consolidating withsubstantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company, or (iii) merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company.

In addition,determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, the Federal Reserve will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and subjectlevels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”).

Subject to somecertain exceptions, the Bank Holding Company ActBHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with theirthe applicable regulations, require Federal Reserve approval (or, depending on the circumstances, no notice of disapproval) prior to any person or company’s acquiring “control” of a bank or bank holding company. A conclusive presumption of control exists if an individual or company acquiringacquires the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of an insured depository institution or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company. Prior notice to the Federal Reserve is required forany insured depository institution. A rebuttable presumption of control exists if a person to acquireor company acquires 10% or more but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities of thean insured depository institution and either the institution has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or no other person ownswill own a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the transaction.acquisition. The Company’s common stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

Capital Requirements

TheSource of Strength. Federal Reserve Boardpolicy has issued risk-basedhistorically required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and leverage capital guidelines applicablemanagerial strength to banking organizations that it supervises. Under the risk-based capital requirements, the Company and the Bank are each generally required to maintaintheir subsidiary banks. The Dodd-Frank Act codified this policy as a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) of 8%. At least half of the total capital must be composed of “Tier 1 Capital,” which is defined as common equity, retained earnings and qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangibles.statutory requirement. The remainder may consist of “Tier 2 Capital,” which is defined as specific subordinated debt, some hybrid capital instruments and other qualifying preferred stock and a limited amount of the loan loss allowance. Trust preferred securities may be included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy purposes as long as their amount does not exceed 25% of Tier 1 capital, including trust preferred securities. The portion of the trust preferred securities not considered as Tier 1 capital, if any, may be included in Tier 2 capital. In addition, each of the federal banking regulatory agencies has established minimum leverage capital requirements for banking organizations. Under these requirements, banking organizations must maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets equal to 3% to 5%, subject to federal bank regulatory evaluationagencies must still issue regulations to implement the source of an organization’s overall safetystrength provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to depositors and soundness.

to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In sum, the capital measures usedevent of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the federal banking regulators are:

the Total Capital ratio, which includes Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital;

the Tier 1 Capital ratio; and

the leverage ratio.

Under these regulations, a bank will be:

“well capitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subjectholding company to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive by a federal bank regulatory agency to meetmaintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and maintainentitled to priority of payment.

Safety and Soundness. There are a specific capital level fornumber of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to the depositors of such depository institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance fund in the event of a depository institution default. For example, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Company Improvement Act of 1991, to avoid receivership of an insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any subsidiary bank that may become “undercapitalized” with the terms of any capital measure;restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal bank regulatory agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution’s total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), the federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards. These guidelines establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines.

“adequately capitalized” if it hasCapital Requirements. The Federal Reserve imposes certain capital requirements on bank holding companies under the BHCA, including a Total Capitalminimum leverage ratio and a minimum ratio of 8% or greater,“qualifying” capital to risk-weighted assets. These requirements are described below under “The Bank-Capital Requirements”. Subject to its capital requirements and certain other restrictions, the Company is able to borrow money to make a Tier 1 Capitalcapital contribution to the Bank, and such loans may be repaid from dividends paid by the Bank to the Company.

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board released its final rules which will implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the final rule, minimum requirements will increase for both the quality and quantity of capital held by banking organizations. In this respect, the final rule implements strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments and improves the methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity. Consistent with the international Basel framework, the rule includes a new minimum ratio of 4% or greater,Common Equity Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets of 4.5% and a Common Equity Tier I Capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The conservation buffer will be phased in from 2016 through 2019. The rule also, among other things, raises the minimum ratio of Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets from 4% to 6% and includes a minimum leverage ratio of 4% or greater – or 3% in certain circumstances – and is not well capitalized;for all banking organizations.

“undercapitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than 4% – or 3% in certain circumstances;

“significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than 3%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3%; or

“critically undercapitalized” if its tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% of average quarterly tangible assets.

The risk-based capital standardsWe have evaluated the impact of the Federal Reserve Board explicitly identify concentrations of credit riskBasel III final rule on the Company’s consolidated regulatory capital ratios and the risk arising from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage these risks, as important factors to be taken into account by the agency in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy. The capital guidelines also providecurrently anticipate that an institution’s exposure to a decline in the economic value of its capital dueratios, on a Basel III basis, will be sufficient to changes in interest rates be considered bymeet the agency as a factor in evaluating a banking organization’s capital adequacy.

The FDIC and the Federal Reserve may take various corrective actions against any undercapitalized bank and any bank that fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement a plan accepted by the FDIC. These powers include, but are not limited to, requiring the institution to be recapitalized, prohibiting asset growth, restricting interest rates paid, requiring prior approval of capital distributions by any bank holding company that controls the institution, requiring divestiture by the institution of its subsidiaries or by the holding company of the institution itself, requiring new election of directors, and requiring the dismissal of directors and officers. The Company and the Bank presently maintain sufficient capital to remain in compliance with thesewell capitalized minimum capital requirements.

On March 13, 2009, the Company received an investment in the Company through the U.S. Treasury’s purchase of preferred stock totaling $13.9 million from the Company’s participation in the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase Program (Capital Purchase Program) under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA).

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street ReformLimits on Dividends and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act) contains a number of provisions dealing with capital adequacy of insured depository institutions and their holding companies, which may result in more stringent capital requirements. Under the Collins Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act, federal regulators have been directed to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for, among other entities, banks and bank holding companies on a consolidated basis. These minimum requirements cannot be less than the generally applicable leverage and risk-based capital requirements established for insured depository institutions nor quantitatively lower than the leverage and risk-based capital requirements established for insured depository institutions that were in effect as of July 21, 2010. These requirements in effect create capital level floors for bank holding companies similar to those in place currently for insured depository institutions. The Collins Amendment also excludes trust preferred securities issued after May 19, 2010 from being included in Tier 1 capital unless the issuing company is a bank holding company with less than $500 million in total assets. Trust preferred securities issued prior to that date will continue to count as Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in total assets, and such securities will be phased out of Tier 1 capital treatment for bank holding companies with over $15 billion in total assets over a three-year period beginning in 2013. The Collins Amendment did not exclude preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury through the Capital Purchase Program from Tier 1 capital treatment. Accordingly, the Company’s trust preferred securities and preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury through the Capital Purchase Program will continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital.

Dividends

Other Payments. The Company is a legal entity, separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. The majorityA significant portion of the Company’s revenues areof the Company result from dividends paid to the Companyit by the Bank. There are various legal limitations applicable to the payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company and to the payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders. The Bank is subject to laws and regulationsvarious statutory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to the Company. Under the current supervisory practices of the Bank’s regulatory agencies, prior approval from those agencies is required if cash dividends declared in any given year exceed net income for that limityear, plus retained net profits of the amount of dividends it can pay. In addition, both the Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory restrictions relating to thetwo preceding years. The payment of dividends includingby the Bank or the Company may be limited by other factors, such as requirements to maintain capital at or above regulatory minimums. Banking regulatorsguidelines. Bank regulatory agencies have indicated that banking organizations should generally paythe authority to prohibit the Bank or the Company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting their business. The payment of dividends, only ifdepending on the organization’s net income available to common shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidelines that bank holding

companies should inform and consult with the Federal Reserve in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period (e.g., quarter) for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in a material adverse change to the organization’s capital structure. The net loss available to common shareholders totaled $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to common dividends paid to shareholders totaling $540 thousand during the same period.

Under Virginia law, a bank may declare a dividend outcondition of the bank’s undivided profits, but not in excess of its accumulated retained earnings. Additionally, under Federal Reserve regulations,Bank, or the Bank may not declare a dividend if the total amount of all dividends, including the proposed dividend, declared by it in any calendar year exceeds the total of its retained net income of that yearCompany, could be deemed to date, combined with its retained net income of the two preceding years, unless the dividend is approved by the Federal Reserve. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank transferred $1.6 million in dividends to the Company. The Bank received approval in February 2012 for a dividend declaration totaling $249 thousand from the Bank to the Company.constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice.

The FDIC has the general authority to limit the dividends paid by insured banks if the payment is deemed an unsafe and unsound practice. The FDIC has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsound and unsafe banking practice.

In connection with the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the Treasury) under the EESA, the Company issued preferred stock to the Treasury on March 13, 2009. The Preferred Stock is in a superior ownership position compared to common stock. Dividends must be paid to the preferred stock holder before they can be paid to the common shareholders. If the dividends on the Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six (6) quarterly dividend periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the Company’s authorized number of directors will be automatically increased by two (2) and the holders of the Preferred Stock will have the right to elect those directors at the Company’s next annual meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose; these two directors may be elected annually and may serve until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods have been declared and paid in full. The Company is current on all dividend payments on the Preferred Stock.

The Bank

General. The Bank is supervised and regularly examined by the Federal Reserve and the SCC. The various laws and regulations administered by the regulatory agencies affect corporate practices, such as the payment of dividends, incurrence of debt, and acquisition of financial institutions and other companies; they also affect business practices, such as the payment of interest on deposits, the charging of interest on loans, types of business conducted, and location of offices. Certain of these law and regulations are referenced above under “The Company.”

Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve and the other federal banking agencies have issued risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to U. S. banking organizations. In orderaddition, those regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum levels because of its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth. Under the risk-based capital requirements of the Federal Reserve, the Company and the Bank are required to maintain appropriatea minimum ratio of total capital levels in lightto risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%. At least half of the current operating environment,total capital is required to be “Tier 1 capital,” which consists principally of common and certain qualifying preferred shareholders’ equity (including grandfathered trust preferred securities), less certain intangibles and other adjustments. The remainder (“Tier 2 capital”) consists of a limited amount of subordinated and other qualifying debt (including certain hybrid capital instruments) and a limited amount of the Company’s Boardgeneral loan loss allowance. The Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted asset ratios of Directors determined in July 2011the Company were 16.94% and 18.21%, respectively, as of December 31, 2013, thus exceeding the minimum requirements. The Tier 1 and total capital to suspend cash dividendsrisk-weighted asset ratios of the Bank were 15.35% and 16.62%, respectively, as of December 31, 2013, also exceeding the minimum requirements.

Each of the federal regulatory agencies has established a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets (“Tier 1 leverage ratio”). These guidelines provide for a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for banks and bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory examination rating and are not contemplating significant growth or expansion. As of December 31, 2013, the Tier 1 leverage ratios of the Company and the Bank were 11.75% and 10.68%, respectively, well above the minimum requirements. The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets.

The Bank will also be subject to the new Basel III capital rules discussed above. We have evaluated the impact of the Basel III final rule on the Company’s common stock. The Board intends to reinstate the dividend payment at an appropriate time considering overall asset quality, qualityBank’s regulatory capital ratios and level of current and prospective earnings and other factors. Any future determination relating to dividend policycurrently anticipate that its capital ratios will be made atsufficient to meet the discretionwell capitalized minimum capital requirements.

Deposit Insurance. Substantially all of the Board and will depend on many of the statutory and regulatory factors mentioned above.

Deposit Insurance and Assessments

The deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by anthe Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance fund administeredassessments to maintain the DIF. On April 1, 2011, the deposit insurance assessment base changed from total deposits to average total assets minus average tangible equity, pursuant to a rule issued by the FDIC in general up to a maximum of $250,000 per insured account. In addition,as required by the FDIC will provide temporary unlimited coverage on all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012. Under federal banking regulations, insured banks are required to pay quarterly assessments to the FDIC for deposit insurance. Dodd-Frank Act.

The FDIC’s risk based assessment system requires members to pay varying assessment rates depending on the level of the institution’s capital and the degree of supervisory concern over the institution. As a result ofFDIA, as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (FDIRA), signed into law February 8, 2006, the FDIC assessment is now separated into two parts. The first part is the FDIC Insurance, and the second part is the assessment for the Financing Corporation (FICO).

On February 7, 2011, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, requires the FDIC adopted new regulations, which became effective April 1, 2011, that redefined the “assessment base” used for calculatingto set a ratio of deposit insurance assessments. Rather than the previous system, whereby the assessment base is calculated by using anreserves to estimated insured depository institution’s domestic deposits less a few allowable exclusions, the new assessment base is calculated using the average consolidated total assets of an insured depository institution less the average tangible equity (Tier 1 capital) of such institution.at least 1.35%. The FDIC continues to utilizeutilizes a risk-based assessment system in which institutions will be subjectthat imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC introduced three possible adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rates ranging from 2.5rate: (i) a decrease of up to 45five basis points subject to adjustments for long-term unsecured debt, including senior unsecured debt (other than debt guaranteed under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program) and in certain cases, brokered deposits. The new rules eliminated adjustmentssubordinated debt and, for small institutions, a portion of Tier 1 capital; (ii) an increase not to exceed 50% of an institution’s assessment rate before the increase for secured liabilities.

The new rules retain the FDIC Board’s flexibilityliabilities in excess of 25% of domestic deposits; and (iii) for non-Risk Category I institutions, an increase not to without further notice-and-comment rulemaking, adopt rates that are higher or lower than the stated base assessment rates, provided that the FDIC cannot (i) increase or decrease the total rates from one quarter to the next by more than twoexceed 10 basis points or (ii) deviate by more than two basis points from the stated base assessment rates. Although the Dodd-Frank Act makes the FDIC’s paymentfor brokered deposits in excess of a dividend to depository institutions discretionary, as opposed to mandatory, when the reserve ratio exceeds a certain threshold, the FDIC’s new rule establishes a decreasing schedule10% of assessment rates that would take effect when the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) reserve ratio first meets or exceeds 1.15%. If the DIF reserve ratio meets or exceeds 1.15%, base assessment rates would range from 1.5 to 40 basis points; if the DIF reserve ratio meets or exceeds 2%, base assessment rates would range from 1 to 38 basis points; and if the DIF reserve ratio meets or exceeds 2.5%, base assessment rates would range from 0.5 to 35 basis points. All base assessment rates would continue to be subject to adjustments for unsecured debt and brokereddomestic deposits.

Although the new rules are generally expected to have a positive effect on small institutions (those with less than $10 billion in assets such as the Bank) because the large bulk of such institutions are expected to see a decrease in assessments, the impact of the new rule and/or additional FDIC special assessments or other regulatory changes affecting the financial services industry could negatively affect the Bank’s and the Company’s liquidity and results of operations in future periods.

In addition, all FDIC-insuredFDIC insured institutions are required to pay assessmentassessments to the FDIC at an annual rate of approximately one basis point of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by FICO,the Financing Corporation, an agency of the Federalfederal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF). The FICO assessments rates are adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the assessment bases of the FDIC’s insurance funds and do not vary depending on a depository institution’s capitalization or supervisory evaluations.Fund. These assessments will continue until the FICOFinancing Corporation bonds mature in 2017.2017 through 2019.

The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a findingTransactions with Affiliates. Pursuant to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, the authority of the Bank to engage in transactions with related parties or “affiliates” or to make loans to insiders is limited. Loan transactions with an affiliate generally must be collateralized and certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates, including the sale of assets, the payment of money or the provision of services, must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the institution’s financial condition is unsafesame, or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution’s regulatory agency.

USA Patriot Act

The USA Patriot Act became effective on October 26, 2001 and provides for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering. Among other provisions, the USA Patriot Act permits financial institutions, upon providing noticeat least as favorable to the United States Treasury, to share information with one another in order to better identify and report to the federal government concerning activities that may involve money laundering or terrorism. The USA Patriot Act is considered a significant banking law in terms of information disclosure regarding certain customerBank, as those prevailing for comparable nonaffiliated transactions. Although it does create a reporting obligation, the USA Patriot Act has not materially affected the Bank’s products, services or other business activities.

Safety and Soundness Standards

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA), as amended by the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In addition, the agencies adoptedBank generally may not purchase securities issued or underwritten by affiliates.

Loans to executive officers, directors or to any person who directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities of a bank (a “10% Shareholders”), are subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and their corresponding regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency(Regulation O) and Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act relating to order an institution that has been given noticethe prohibition on personal loans to executives (which exempts financial institutions in compliance with the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act). Among other things, these loans must be made on terms substantially the same as those prevailing on transactions made to unaffiliated individuals and certain extensions of credit to those persons must first be approved in advance by an agency that it is not satisfyinga disinterested majority of the entire board of directors. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act prohibits loans to any of such safetythose individuals where the aggregate amount exceeds an amount equal to 15% of an institution’s unimpaired capital and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified,surplus plus an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance planadditional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral, or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan,when the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actionsaggregate amount on all of the typesextensions of credit outstanding to all of these persons would exceed the Bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act identifies limited circumstances in which the Bank is permitted to extend credit to executive officers.

Prompt Corrective Action. Immediately upon becoming “undercapitalized,” a depository institution becomes subject to the provisions of Section 38 of the FDIA, which: (i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees; (ii) require that the appropriate federal banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital; (iii) require submission of a capital restoration plan; (iv) restrict the growth of the institution’s assets; and (v) require prior approval of certain expansion proposals. The appropriate federal banking agency for an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisionsalso may take any number of FDIA. If an institution fails to comply with such an order,discretionary supervisory actions if the agency determines that any of these actions is necessary to resolve the problems of the institution at the least possible long-term cost to the DIF, subject in certain cases to specified procedures. These discretionary supervisory actions include: (i) requiring the institution to raise additional capital; (ii) restricting transactions with affiliates; (iii) requiring divestiture of the institution or the sale of the institution to a willing purchaser; and (iv) any other supervisory action that the agency deems appropriate. These and additional mandatory and permissive supervisory actions may seekbe taken with respect to enforce such order in judicial proceedingssignificantly undercapitalized and to impose civil money penalties.critically undercapitalized institutions. The Bank meets the definition of being “well capitalized” as of December 31, 2013.

Community Reinvestment Act

Under. The Bank is subject to the requirements of the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations, depositoryof 1977. The CRA imposes on financial institutions have an affirmative and ongoing obligation to assist in meetingmeet the credit needs of their market areas,the local communities, including low and moderate-income areas, consistent with safe and sound banking practice. The Community Reinvestment Act requiresmoderate income neighborhoods. If the adoption by each institutionBank receives a rating from the Federal Reserve of a Community Reinvestment Act statement for each of its market areas describingless than satisfactory under the depository institution’s efforts to assist in its community’s credit needs. Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act and are periodically assigned ratings in this regard. Banking regulators consider a depository institution’s Community Reinvestment Act rating when reviewing applications to establish new branches, undertake new lines of business, and/or acquire part or all of another depository institution. An unsatisfactory rating can significantly delay or even prohibit regulatory approval of a proposed transaction by a bank holding company or its depository institution subsidiaries.CRA, restrictions on operating activities could be imposed.

Privacy Legislation

. Several recent regulations issued by federal banking agencies also provide new protections against the transfer and use of customer information by financial institutions. A financial institution must provide to its customers information regarding its policies and procedures with respect to the handling of customers’ personal information. Each institution must conduct an internal risk assessment of its ability to protect customer information. These privacy provisions generally prohibit a financial institution from providing a customer’s personal financial information to unaffiliated parties without prior notice and approval from the customer.

Capital Purchase Program Regulations

As a resultUSA Patriot Act of 2001. In October 2001, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 (“Patriot Act”) was enacted in response to the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks. The Patriot Act is intended to strengthen U. S. law enforcement and the intelligence communities’ abilities to work cohesively to combat terrorism. The continuing impact on financial institutions of the Company’s participationPatriot Act and related regulations and policies is significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, and imposes various regulations, including standards for verifying customer identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities to identify persons who may be involved in the TARP Capital Purchase Program (CPP), itterrorism or money laundering.

Consumer Laws and Regulations. The Bank is also subject to certain provisions under EESA. On February 10, 2009, the Treasury announced the Financial Stability Plan under the EESA (the Financial Stability Plan) which was intended to further stabilize financial institutionsconsumer laws and stimulate lending across a broad range of economic sectors. On February 18, 2009, President Obama signed the American Reinvestment and Recovery Act of 2009 (ARRA), a broad economic stimulus packageregulations issued thereunder that amended EESA to include additional restrictions on, and potential additional regulation of, financial institutions.

On June 10, 2009, under the authority granted to it under ARRA and EESA, the Treasury issued an interim final rule under Section 111 of EESA, as amended by ARRA, regarding compensation and corporate governance restrictions that would be imposed on CPP recipients, effective June 15, 2009. As a CPP recipient with currently outstanding CPP obligations, the Company is subject to the compensation and corporate governance restrictions and requirements set forth in the interim final rule, which, among other things: (1) prohibit the Company from paying or accruing bonuses, retention awards or incentive compensation, except for certain long-term stock awards, to the Company’s most highly compensated employee; (2) prohibit us from making severance payments to any of the senior executive officers or next five most highly compensated employees; (3) require the Company to conduct semi-annual risk assessments to assure that compensation arrangements do not encourage “unnecessary and excessive risks” or the manipulation of earnings to increase compensation; (4) require the Company to recoup or “clawback” any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation paid by the Company to a senior executive officer or any of the next 20 most highly compensated employees, if the payment was based on financial statements or other performance criteria that are later found to be materially inaccurate; (5) prohibit the Company from providing tax gross-ups to any of the senior executive officers or next 20 most highly compensated employees; (6) require the Company to provide enhanced disclosure of perquisites, and the use and role of compensation consultants; (7) require the Company to adopt a corporate policy on luxury and excessive expenditures; (8) require the chief executive officer and chief financial officer to provide periodic certifications about compensation practices and compliance with the interim final rule; (9) require the Company to provide enhanced disclosure of the relationship between the Company’s compensation plans and the risk posed by those plans; and (10) require the Company to provide an annual non-binding shareholder vote, or “say-on-pay” proposal, to approve the compensation of our executives, consistent with regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). On January 12, 2010, the SEC adopted final regulations setting forth the parameters for such say-on-pay proposals for public company CPP participants.

Under EESA, Congress has the ability to impose “after-the-fact” terms and conditions on participants in Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program. As a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the Company is subject to any such retroactive legislation. Additional regulations applicable to CPP recipients adopted as part of EESA, the Financial Stability Plan, ARRA, or other legislation may subject the Company to additional regulatory requirements. The impact of these additional requirements may put us at competitive disadvantage in comparison to financial institutions that have either repaid all CPP funds or never accepted CPP funds and may materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act), which was enacted in July 2010, has had a broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes previously discussed and including, among other things, (i) enhanced resolution authority of troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (ii) increased regulatory examination fees; and (iii) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC.

Some of the Dodd-Frank Act’s most far-reaching provisions, such as those regulating derivatives and proprietary trading activity and hedge funds, providing for enhanced supervision of “systemically significant” institutions, and phasing out Tier 1 capital treatment for trust preferred securities, apply only to institutions with over $10 billion in assets or to business lines in which the Company and the Bank do not engage. Certain provisions do, however, apply to or affect us, including provisions that:

Create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau that will have rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that would apply to all banks and would have broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws;

Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from a deposit-based to an asset-based calculation as described in “Deposit Insurance and Assessments” above;

Make permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and provide unlimited federal deposit insurance until December 31, 2012 for non-interest-bearing demand transaction accounts;

Repeal the federal prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits;

Impose new mortgage lending requirements, including minimum underwriting standards, originator compensation restrictions, consumer protections for certain types of loans, and disclosure to borrowers;

Apply to bank holding companies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions;

Require bank holding companies and banks to be well-capitalized and well-managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state;

Implement corporate governance revisions, including with regard to executive compensation that apply to all public companies, not just financial institutions; and

Increase the authority of the Federal Reserve to examine the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries.

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to future rulemaking, which has not yet had a material financial impact on the Company or its customers. Management expects that legislative changes may continue to be introduced from time to time in Congress. The Company cannot predict whether any potential legislation will be enacted, and if enacted, the effect that it or any implementing regulations could have on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company or its subsidiaries.

Basel III

In December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking supervision published the final texts of reforms on capital and liquidity generally referred to as “Basel III.” Although Basel III is intended to be implemented by participating countries for large, internationally active banks, its provisions are likely to be considered by U.S. banking regulators in developing new regulations applicable to other banks in the United States, including the Bank. This is particularly relevant in view of the provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act requiring or permitting U.S. federal banking agencies to adopt regulations affecting banks’ capital requirements in a number of respects. For banks in the United States, the most significant provisions of Basel III relating to capital include:

A minimum ratio of common equity to risk-weighted assets reaching 4.5%, plus an additional 2.5% as a capital conservation buffer, by 2019 after a phase-in period;

A minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets reaching 6.0% by 2019 after a phase-in period;

A minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets, plus an additional 2.5% capital conservation buffer, reaching 10.5% by 2019 after a phase-in period;

An additional countercyclical capital buffer to be imposed by applicable banking regulators periodically at their discretion, with advance notice;

Restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses applicable when capital ratios fall within the buffer zone;

Deduction from common equity of deferred tax assets that depend on future profitability to be realized; and

For capital instruments issued on or after January 13, 2013 (other than common equity), a loss-absorbency requirement such that the instrument must be written off or converted to common equity if the issuing bank would become nonviable without the write-off or conversion or without an injection of capital from the public sector.

The Basel III liquidity provisions include complex criteria establishing a method to ensure that a bank maintains adequate unencumbered, high-quality liquid assets to meet its liquidity needs for 30 days under a severe liquidity stress scenario and a method to promote more medium- and long-term funding of assets and activities using a one-year horizon.

Although Basel III is described as a “final text,” it is subject to the resolution of certain issues and to further guidance and clarification, including decisions as to whether and to what extent it will apply to U.S. banks that are not large, internationally active banks. Ultimate implementation of the Basel III provisions in the U.S. will be subject to the discretion of the U.S. banking regulators, and the regulations or guidelines they adopt may differ from the Basel III provisions.

Consumer Protection Regulations

Retail activities of banks are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by banks are subject to state usuryconsumers in transactions with banks. These laws and federal laws concerning interest rates.

Loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as:

include the federal Truth-In-LendingTruth in Lending Act, and Regulation Z issued by the Federal Reserve Board, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

Truth in Savings Act, the Home Mortgage DisclosureElectronic Funds Transfer Act, and Regulation C issued by the Federal Reserve Board, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, and Regulation B issued by the Federal Reserve Board, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, and Regulation V issued by the Federal Reserve Board, governing the use and provision of information to consumer reporting agencies;

the Fair Debt CollectionHousing Act governingand the Dodd-Frank Act, among others. The laws and related regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions transact business with customers. The Bank must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer debtsprotection laws and regulations as part of its ongoing customer relations.

Incentive Compensation. In June 2010, the federal banking agencies issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of financial institutions do not undermine the safety and soundness of such institutions by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of a financial institution, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a financial institution’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the institution’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the financial institution’s board of directors.

The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of financial institutions, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each financial institution based on the scope and complexity of the institution’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the institution’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the institution’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be collected by collection agencies;taken against a financial institution if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the institution’s safety and

soundness and the guidancefinancial institution is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. At December 31, 2013, the Company had not been made aware of the various federal agencies chargedany instances of non-compliance with the responsibilityguidance.

Effect of implementing such federal laws.

Governmental Monetary Policies

DepositThe Company’s operations are affected not only by general economic conditions but also subject to:

by the Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD issued bypolicies of various regulatory authorities. In particular, the Federal Reserve Board, which requires disclosureregulates money and credit conditions and interest rates to influence general economic conditions. These policies have a significant impact on overall growth and distribution of deposit terms to consumers;

Regulation CC issued by theloans, investments and deposits; they affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for time and savings deposits. Federal Reserve Board, which relates tomonetary policies have had a significant effect on the availabilityoperating results of deposit funds to consumers;

the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and

the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve Board, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

The Federal Reserve and FDIC have recently enacted consumer protection regulations related to automated overdraft payment programs offered by financial institutions. In November 2009, the Federal Reserve amended its Regulation E to prohibit financial institutions,commercial banks, including the Bank, from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. The Regulation E amendments also require financial institutions to provide consumers with a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service and the consumer’s choices. The amendments to Regulation E became effective on August 1, 2010.

Many of the foregoing laws and regulations are subject to change resulting from the provisionsCompany, in the Dodd-Frank Act, whichpast and are expected to do so in many cases calls for revisions to implementing regulations. We cannot predict the effect that being regulated by a new, additional regulatory authority focused on consumer financial protection, or any new implementing regulations or revisions to existing regulations that may result from the establishment of this new authority, will have on the Company’s businesses. Additional regulations resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.future.

 

Item 1A.Risk Factors

An investment in the Company’s common stock involves significant risks, including, but not limited to, the following risks and uncertainties. These risk factors should be read carefully and considered before deciding to invest in the Company’s common stock. These risk factors may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and future earnings. In that event, the trading price of the Company’s common stock could decline and you could lose a part or all of your investment. This section should be read together with the other information, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The Company may be further adversely affected by economic conditions in its market area.

The Company is headquartered in the northern Shenandoah Valley region of Virginia. Because our lending is concentrated in this market, the Company is affected by the general economic conditions in the region. Changes in the economy may influence the growth rate of loans and deposits, the quality of the loan portfolio and loan and deposit pricing. A continued decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond the Company’s control would further impact these local economic conditions and the demand for banking products and services generally, which could negatively affect the Company’s performance and financial condition.

Deteriorating credit quality, particularly in real estate loans, has adversely impacted the Company and may continue to adversely impact the Company.

During 2008, the Company began to experience a downturn in the overall credit performance of the loan portfolio, as well as acceleration in the deterioration of general economic conditions. This deterioration, including a significant increase in national and regional unemployment levels, is negatively impacting some borrowers’ ability to repay. During the year ended December 31, 2008, these conditions resulted in a $13.9 million increase in non-performing assets and loans over 90 days past due to $16.2 million. At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, non-performing assets and loans over 90 days past due remained at elevated levels, totaling $18.7 million, $15.4 million and $14.8 million, respectively. The provision for loan losses totaled $12.4 million, $11.7 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Additional increases in loan loss reserves may be necessary in the future. Continued deterioration in the quality of the loan portfolio can have a material adverse effect on earnings, liquidity and capital.

The Bank will realize additional future losses if ourthe levels of non-performing assets do not moderate and if the proceeds we receive upon liquidation of assets are less than the carrying value of such assets.

The Company expects to continue its focus on reducing non-performing asset levels during 20122014 by selling other real estate owned (OREO) and restructuring its problem loansaggressively managing and monitoring potential problem loans. Other potential problem loans are defined as performing loans that possess certain risks, including the borrower’s ability to pay and the collateral value securing the loan, that management has identified that may result in the loans not being repaid in accordance with their terms. At December 31, 2011,2013, other potential problem loans totaled $40.0$23.5 million. Among the Bank’s potential problem loans are several large credit relationships. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one of these loans or credit relationships could expose us to a significant increase in nonperforming assets.

The actual volume of future distressed asset sales could increase based on regulatory directives, the level of migration of performing loans to problem loan status, as well as opportunities to sell such assets, thus resulting in higher credit costs. The continuing weakness in the residential and commercial real estate markets may negatively impact the ability to dispose of distressed assets, and may result in higher credit losses on sales of distressed assets. Non-performing assets are recorded on the financial statements at the estimated fair value, which considers management’s plans for disposition. The Company will realize additional future losses if the proceeds received upon dispositions of assets are less than the recorded carrying value of such assets. If market conditions continue to decline, the magnitude of losses realized upon the disposition of non-performing assets may increase, which could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further increases in non-performing assets may reduce interest income and increase net loan charge-offs, provision for loan losses, and operating expenses.

As a result of the prolonged economic downturn, the Bank is experiencing historically high levels of non-accrual loans. Non-accrual loans increased from 1.87%as a percent of total loans were 3.27%, 2.19% and 3.02% at December 31, 2009 to 2.49% and 3.02% of total loans at December 31, 20102013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Until economic and market conditions improve at a more rapid pace, we expect to incur charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses and lost interest income relating to increased non-performing loans and, as a result, additional increases in loan loss reserves may be necessary in the future. Non-performing assets (including non-accrual loans and other real estate owned)OREO) totaled $18.2$14.7 million at December 31, 2011.2013. These non-performing assets can adversely affect net income mainly through increased operating expenses incurred to maintain such assets, lost interest income or loss charges related to subsequent declines in the estimated fair value of foreclosed assets.OREO. Adverse changes in the value of our non-performing assets, or the underlying collateral, or in the borrowers’ performance or financial conditions could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance that the Company will not experience further increases in non-performing loans in the future, or that non-performing assets will not result in lower financial returns in the future.

If the Bank’s allowance for loan losses becomes inadequate, results of operations may be adversely affected.

The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses that it believes is a reasonable estimate of known and inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Through a quarterly review of the loan portfolio, management determines the amount of the allowance for loan losses by considering economic conditions, credit quality of the loan portfolio, collateral supporting the loans, performance of customers relative to their financial obligations and the quality of the Bank’s loan administration. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates that may be beyond the Bank’s control, and these losses may exceed current estimates. Although the Company believes the allowance for loan losses is a reasonable estimate of known and inherent losses in the loan portfolio, such losses and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses cannot be fully predicted. Excessive loan losses could have a material impact on financial performance through additions to the allowance for loan losses.

Federal and state regulators periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require an increase to the provision for loan losses or recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. Any increase in the amount of provision or loans charged-off as required by these regulatory agencies could have a negative effect on operating results.

If the Bank’s valuation allowance on OREO becomes inadequate, results of operations may be adversely affected.

The Bank maintains a valuation allowance that it believes is a reasonable estimate of known losses in OREO. The Bank obtains appraisals on all OREO properties on an annual basis and adjusts the valuation allowance accordingly. The carrying value of OREO is susceptible to changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Although the Company believes the valuation allowance is a reasonable estimate of known losses, such losses and the adequacy of the allowance cannot be fully predicted. Excessive declines in market values could have a material impact on financial performance.

The Company may need to raise additional capital.

Deteriorating credit quality has resulted in net losses that have adversely impacted the Bank’s regulatory capital over the past two years and that may continue to do so in the future. While the Bank remained “well capitalized” as December 31, 2011, additional capital may be needed in the future to maintain capital levels. The Company may seek to raise capital through offerings of common stock, preferred stock, securities convertible into common stock, or rights to acquire such securities or common stock. Under the Company’s articles of

incorporation, we have additional authorized shares of common stock and preferred stock that we can issue from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors, without further action by the shareholders, except where shareholder approval is required by law. The issuance of any additional shares of common stock, preferred stock or convertible securities could be substantially dilutive to shareholders of our common stock, and the market price of our common stock could decline as a result of any such sales. Our shareholders bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their stock holdings.

In addition, our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional securities will depend on the financial markets, and we may not be able to obtain additional capital in amounts or on terms that are satisfactory. If we decide to raise capital and are unable to do so, the Company’s financial condition could be adversely affected.

The Bank’s concentrations of loans could result in higher than normal risk of loan defaults and losses.

The Bank offers a variety of secured loans, including commercial lines of credit, commercial term loans, real estate, construction and land development, home equity, consumer and other loans. The majority of the loans are secured by real estate (both residential and commercial) in the market area. At December 31, 2011,2013, these loans totaled $351.8$322.0 million, or 90%, of total loans. A major change in the real estate market, such as further deterioration in the value of this collateral, or in the local or national economy, could adversely affect customers’ ability to pay these loans, which in turn could impact the Bank. Risk of loan defaults and foreclosures are unavoidable in the banking industry, and the Bank tries to limit exposure to this risk by monitoring extensions of credit carefully. The Bank cannot fully eliminate credit risk, and as a result credit losses may occur in the future.

The Company’s credit standards and its on-going credit assessment processes might not protect it from significant credit losses.

The Company assumes credit risk by virtue of making loans and extending loan commitments and letters of credit. The Company manages credit risk through a program of underwriting standards, the review of certain credit decisions and a continuous quality assessment process of credit already extended. The Company’s exposure to credit risk is managed through the use of underwriting standards that emphasize local lending while avoiding excessive industry and other concentrations. The Company’s credit administration function employs risk management techniques to help ensure that problem loans are promptly identified. While these procedures are designed to provide the Company with the information needed to implement policy adjustments where necessary and to take appropriate corrective actions, there can be no assurance that such measures will be effective in avoiding undue credit risk.

The Company relies on secondary sources, such as Federal Home Loan Bank advances, sales of securities and loans, federal  funds lines of credit from correspondent banks and out-of-market time deposits, to meet liquidity needs.

In managing the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, the Company depends on secondary sources to provide sufficient liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs, and to accommodate the transaction and cash management needs of clients. Other sources of funding available to us, and upon which we rely as regular components of our liquidity risk management strategy, include federal funds lines of credit, sales of securities and loans, brokered deposits and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The availability of these funding sources is highly dependent upon the perception of the liquidity and creditworthiness of the financial institution, and such perception can change quickly in response to market conditions or circumstances unique to a particular company. Any occurrence that may limit our access to these sources, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, or our depositors or counterparties, may adversely affect the Company’s liquidity, financial position and results of operations.

If the Company needs additional capital in the future, it may not be able to obtain it on terms that are favorable. This could negatively affect the Company’s performance.

The Company anticipates that it will have sufficient capital to support asset growth and potential loan charge-offs. However, if additional capital is needed in the future to maintain capital levels, the ability to raise capital through the sale of additional securities will depend primarily upon the Company’s financial condition and the condition of financial markets at that time. The Company may not be able to obtain additional capital in amounts or on terms that are satisfactory. The Company’s ability to grow its balance sheet may be constrained if it is unable to raise additional capital as needed.

Changes in interest rates may negatively impact net interest income if the Company is unable to successfully manage interest rate risk.

The Company’s profitability will depend substantially upon the spread between the interest rates earned on investments and loans and interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in interest rates, including the shape of the treasury yield curve, will affect the Company’s financial performance and condition through the pricing of securities, loans, deposits and borrowings. The Company attempts to minimize exposure to interest rate risk, but will be unable to eliminate it. The net interest spread will depend on many factors that are partly or entirely outside of the Company’s control, including competition, federal economic, monetary and fiscal policies and general economic conditions.

OurThe Company’s small-to-medium sized business target market may have fewer financial resources to weather a downturn in the economy.

We target ourThe Company targets its commercial development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial services needs of small and medium sized businesses. These businesses generally have less capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact this major economic sector in the markets in which we operate, ourthe Company operates, its results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Difficult market conditions haveThe soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Company.

The Company’s ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the Company’s industry.

Dramatic declines in the housing market over the past three years, with falling home pricesactions and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, have negatively impacted the credit performancecommercial soundness of real estate related loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities (MBS) but spreading to other securities and loans have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to reduce or eliminate dividends, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions. This market turmoil and tighteningFinancial services institutions are interrelated as a result of credittrading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to an increased levelmarket-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by the Company or by other institutions. Many of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and lack of confidencethese transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the financial markets hasevent of default of its counterparty or client. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affectedaffect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact charge-offs and the provision for loan losses. A worsening of these conditions would likely have an adverse effect on the Company and others in the financial services industry.

The Company relies heavily on its management team and the unexpected loss of any of those personnel could adversely affect operations; the Company depends on the ability to attract and retain key personnel.

The Company’s future operating results depend substantially upon the continued service of its executive officers and key personnel. The Company’s future operating results also depend in significant part upon its ability to attract and retain qualified management, financial, technical, marketing, sales and support personnel. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and the Company cannot ensure success in attracting or retaining qualified personnel. There may be only a limited number of persons with the requisite skills to serve in these positions, and it may be increasingly difficult for the Company to hire personnel over time.

The Company’s ability to retain key officers and employees may be further impacted by legislation and regulation affecting the financial services industry. For example, Section 7001 of the ARRA amended Section 111 of the EESA in its entirety, significantly expanded the

executive compensation restrictions. These restrictions apply to the Company as a participant in the Capital Purchase Program and shall generally continue to apply for as long as any Senior Preferred shares are outstanding. Such restrictions and standards may further impact management’s ability to compete with financial institutions that are not subject to the same limitations as the Company under Section 7001 of the ARRA.

Future success is dependent on the ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.

The Company faces vigorous competition from other financial institutions, including other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies and credit unions for deposits, loans and other financial services in its market area. A number of these other financial institutions are significantly larger than the Company and have substantially greater access to capital and other resources, as well as larger lending limits and branch systems, and offer a wider array of banking services. To a limited extent the Company also competes with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, insurance companies and governmental organizations which may offer more favorable products and services than the Company. Many of the non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern the Company. As a result, the non-bank competitors have advantages over the Company in providing certain services. This competition may reduce or limit profit margins and market share and may adversely affect the results of operations and financial condition.

The inability of the Company to successfully manage its growth or implement its growth strategy may adversely affect the results of operations and financial conditions.

The Company may not be able to successfully implement its growth strategy if the economy remains slow. The ability to manage growth successfully depends on whether the Company can maintain adequate capital levels, maintain cost controls, effectively manage asset quality, and successfully integrate any businesses acquired into the organization.

As the Company continues to implement its growth strategy, it expects to incur increased personnel, occupancy, and other operating expenses. In the case of new branches, the Company must absorb those higher expenses while it begins to generate new deposits; there is also further time lag involved in redeploying new deposits into attractively priced loans and other higher yielding earning assets. Thus, the Company’s plans to expand could depress earnings in the short run, even if it efficiently executes a branching strategy leading to long-term financial benefits.

Legislative or regulatory changes or actions, or significant litigation, could adversely affect the Company or the businesses in which the Company is engaged.

The Company is subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision, and legislation that could limit or restrict its activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conductgovern almost all aspects of its business, which could adversely affect profitability.

The Companyoperations. Laws and regulations change from time to time and are primarily intended for the protection of consumers, depositors, and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. These regulations affect lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, and growth, among other things. Congress, the BoardFDIC’s DIF. The impact of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), the FDIC and other federal and state agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, instituted significantany changes to the financial serviceslaws and regulations or other actions by regulatory scheme, and other changes to statutes, regulations, and policies (including changes in their interpretation or implementation) that couldagencies may negatively affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. For example, suchor its ability to increase the value of its business. Such changes could subject usinclude higher capital requirements, increased insurance premiums, increased compliance costs, reductions of non-interest income, and limitations on services that can be provided. Actions by regulatory agencies or significant litigation against the Company could cause it to additional costs, limitdevote significant time and resources to defend itself and may lead to liability or penalties that materially affect the types of productsCompany and services we can offer,its shareholders. Future changes in the laws or provide opportunities for non-banks to offer competing products and services. If we fail to comply with laws, regulations and policies, weor their interpretations or enforcement could be subjectmaterially adverse to regulatory sanctions, civil money penalties or reputational harm.the Company and its shareholders.

See the section of this report entitled “Supervision and Regulation” for additional information on the statutory and regulatory issues that affect the Company’s business.

The Company’s exposure to operational, technological, and organizational risk may adversely affect the Company.

Similar to other financial institutions, the Company is exposed to many types of operational and technological risk, including reputation, legal, and compliance risk. The Company’s ability to grow and compete is dependent on its ability to build or acquire the necessary operational and technological infrastructure and to manage the cost of that infrastructure while it expands and integrates acquired businesses. Operational risk can manifest itself in many ways, such as errors related to failed or inadequate processes, faulty or disabled computer systems, fraud by employees or persons outside of the Company, and exposure to external events. The Company is dependent on its operational infrastructure to help manage these risks. From time to time, it may need to change or upgrade its technology infrastructure. The Company may experience disruption, and it may face additional exposure to these risks during the course of making such changes.

Government measures to regulate the financial industry, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), subject the Company to increased regulation and could adversely affect it.

As a financial institution, the Company is heavily regulated at the state and federal levels. As a result of the financial crisis and related global economic downturn that began in 2007, the Company has faced, and expects to continue to face, increased public and legislative scrutiny as well as stricter and more comprehensive regulation of its financial services practices. In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act includes significant changes in the financial regulatory landscape and will impact all financial institutions, including the Company and the Bank. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have begun to be or will be implemented over the next several months and years and will be subject both to further rulemaking and the discretion of applicable regulatory bodies. Because the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act will depend on future regulatory rulemaking and interpretation, the Company cannot predict the full effect of this legislation on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

The new Basel III Capital Standards may have an adverse effect on us.

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board released its final rules which will implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the final rule, minimum requirements will increase for both the quality and quantity of capital held by banking organizations. Consistent with the international Basel framework, the rule includes a new minimum ratio of Common Equity Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets of 4.5% and a Common Equity Tier I Capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets that will apply to all supervised financial institutions. The rule also, among other things, raises the minimum ratio of Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets from 4% to 6% and includes a minimum leverage ratio of 4% for all banking organizations. We must begin transitioning to the new rules effective January 1, 2015. The impact of the new capital rules is likely to require us to maintain higher levels of capital, which could limit our ability to increase return on equity in future periods.

Recently enacted legislation could allow the Company to deregister under the Exchange Act, which would result in a reduction in the amount and frequency of publicly-available information about the Company.

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (or “JOBS Act”) may allow the Company to terminate the registration of its common stock under the Exchange Act. If the Company determines to deregister its common stock under the Exchange Act, it would enable it to save significant expenses relating to its public disclosure and reporting requirements under the Exchange Act. However, a deregistration of common stock also would result in a reduction in the amount and frequency of publicly-available information about the Company and the Bank.

Changes in the Company’s accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how it reports financial results and condition.

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in restating prior period financial statements.

TheFailure to maintain effective systems of internal and disclosure control could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s abilityresults of operation and financial condition.

Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for the Company to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud and to operate profitablysuccessfully as a public company. If the Company cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, its reputation and operating results would be harmed. As part of the Company’s ongoing monitoring of internal control, it may be dependent on its ability to implement various technologies into its operations.

The market for financial services, including banking service and consumer finance services is increasingly affected by advances in technology, including developments in telecommunications, data processing, computers, automation, internet-based banking and tele-banking. The Company’s ability to compete successfullydiscover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in its market may dependinternal control that require remediation. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on the extent to which it is able to exploit such technological changes. If it is not able to afford such technologies, properly ora timely anticipate or implement such technologies, or properly train its staff to use such technologies, the Company’s business, financial condition or operating results could be adversely affected.basis.

The Company’s operations depend upon third party vendors that perform services for us.it.

The Company outsources many of its operating and banking functions, including some data processing functions and the interchange and transmission services for the ATM network. As such, the Company’s success and ability to expand operations depends on the services provided by these third parties. Disputes with these third parties may adversely affect operations. The Company may not be able to engage appropriate vendors to adequately service its needs, and the vendors that it engages may not be able to perform successfully.

The Company relies upon independent appraisals to determine the value of the real estate which secures a significant portion of its loans, and the values indicated by such appraisals may not be realizable if the Company is forced to foreclose upon such loans.

A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of loans secured by real estate. The Company relies upon independent appraisers to estimate the value of such real estate. Appraisals are only estimates of value and the independent appraisers may make mistakes of fact or judgment that adversely affect the reliability of their appraisals. In addition, events occurring after the initial appraisal may cause the value of the real estate to increase or decrease. As a result of any of these factors, the real estate securing some of the Company’s loans may be more or less valuable than anticipated at the time the loans were made. If a default occurs on a loan secured by real estate that is less valuable than originally estimated, the Company may not be able to recover the outstanding balance of the loan.

The Company’s operations may be adversely affected by cyber security risks.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company collects and stores sensitive data, including proprietary business information and personally identifiable information of its customers and employees in systems and on networks. The secure processing, maintenance and use of this information is critical to operations and the Company’s business strategy. The Company has invested in accepted technologies, and continually reviews processes and practices that are designed to protect its networks, computers and data from damage or unauthorized access. Despite these security measures, the Company’s computer systems and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. A breach of any kind could compromise systems and the information stored there could be accessed, damaged or disclosed. A breach in security could result in legal claims, regulatory penalties, disruption in operations, and damage to the Company’s reputation, which could adversely affect our business.

Negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely impact liquidity and profitability.

As a financial institution, the Company’s earnings, liquidity, and capital are subject to risks associated with negative public opinion of the Company and of the financial services industry as a whole. Negative public opinion could result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, the failure of any product or service sold by us to meet our clients’ expectations or

applicable regulatory requirements, corporate governance and acquisitions, or from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep, attract and/or retain customers and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Actual or alleged conduct by one of our businesses can result in negative public opinion about our other businesses. Negative public opinion could also affect our ability to borrow funds in the unsecured wholesale debt markets.

As a result of the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program (CPP), the Company may become subject to additional regulation, and the costs or effects of compliance cannot be predicted at this time.

In connection with its participation in the CPP administered under the TARP, the Company may face additional regulations and/or reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, Congress’s ability to impose “after-the-fact” terms and conditions on participants in the CPP. As a participant in the CPP, the Company would be subject to any such retroactive legislation. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute.

Potential future losses may result in an additional valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Recapture of the deferred tax asset balance (i.e., reversal of the valuation allowance) is subject to considerable judgment and could be adversely impacted by changes in future income tax rates.

During 2011, the Company reached a three-year cumulative pre-tax loss position. See Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report. Under GAAP, cumulative losses in recent years are considered significant negative evidence which is difficult to overcome in assessing the realizability of a deferred tax asset. As a result, beginning with the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company no longer considers future taxable income in determining the realizability of its deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2011, the Company had recorded a full valuation allowance of $6.1 million on its net deferred tax assets.

The Company expects to reverse the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets once it has demonstrated a sustainable return to profitability. However, the reversal of the valuation allowance is subject to considerable judgment. Additionally, even after the recovery of the deferred tax asset balance under GAAP, which would immediately benefit GAAP capital and the tangible common equity ratio, there will remain limitations on the ability to include the deferred tax assets for regulatory capital purposes. See “Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance” under Part II - Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Operating Results and Financial Condition” of this Report.

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums could adversely affect the Company’s profitability.

The Dodd-Frank Act directs the FDIC to amend its regulations to re-define the method of calculation of an insured depository institution’s insurance fund assessment. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the assessment base to be an amount equal to the average consolidated total assets of the insured depository institution during the assessment period, minus the sum of the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the assessment period and an amount the FDIC determines is necessary to establish assessments consistent with the risk-based assessment system found in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. The FDIC has issued final rules outlining this new insurance assessment methodology, which will impactimpacts the amount of the Bank’s insurance assessment. In addition, the FDIC may make additional changes to the way in which it calculates insurance premiums. WeThe Company cannot predict the timing of any future changes, and if made, the effect that these changes could have on ourits insurance assessment.

The Company relies on secondary sources, such as Federal Home Loan Bank advances, sales of securities and loans, federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks and out-of-market time deposits, to meet liquidity needs.

In managing the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, the Company depends on secondary sources to provide sufficient liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs, and to accommodate the transaction and cash management needs of clients. Other sources of funding available to us, and upon which we rely as regular components of our liquidity risk management strategy, include federal funds lines of credit, sales of securities and loans, brokered deposits and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The availability of these funding sources is highly dependent upon the perception of the liquidity and creditworthiness of the financial institution, and such perception can change quickly in response to market conditions or circumstances unique to a particular company.

Any occurrence that may limit our access to these sources, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, or our depositors or counterparties, may adversely affect the Company’s liquidity, financial position and results of operations.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Company.

The Company’s ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by the Company or by other

institutions. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit riskpay dividends in the event of default of its counterparty or client. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

Our ability to pay dividendsfuture is limited and we suspended payment of dividends during 2011. As a result, capitalby regulatory restrictions. Capital appreciation, if any, of ourits common stock may be your sole opportunity for gains on your investment for the foreseeable future.

OurThe Company’s ability to pay dividends on ourits common stock is limited by regulatory restrictions applicable to the Company and the Bank and the need to maintain sufficient capital. Holders of ourits common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as ourthe board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. The Company is organized under the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, which prohibits the payment of a dividend if, after giving it effect, the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business. The payment of a dividend is also prohibited if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any preferred shareholders. In addition, the Company is subject to certain regulatory requirements to maintain capital at or above regulatory minimums, which affect its dividend policies. The Federal Reserve has indicated that a bank holding company such as the Company should generally pay dividends only if its earnings for the current period are sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock ismay be largely dependent on the ability of our banking subsidiary to pay dividends to us. The Bank also is subject to laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends that it can pay. As a state member bank, the Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by the reserve and capital requirements of federal and Virginia banking statutes and regulations. Under Virginia law, a bank may not declare a dividend in excess of its undivided profits or its accumulated retained earnings. Additionally, under Federal Reserve regulations, the Bank may not declare a dividend if the total amount of all dividends, including the proposed dividend, declared by it in any calendar year exceeds the total of its retained net income of that year to date, combined with its retained net income of the two preceding years, unless the dividend is approved by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve and the Commonwealth of Virginia have the general authority to limit the dividends paid by insured banks if the payment is deemed an unsafe and unsound practice and have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsound and unsafe banking practice.

In the third quarter of 2011, we suspended payment of dividends on our common stock, and we currently are subject to regulatory restrictions that do not permit us or the Bank to declare or pay any dividend without the prior approval of our banking regulators. If either the Company or the Bank is unable to satisfy these regulatory requirements or obtain requisite regulatory approval, we will be unable to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we may not be able to resume payments of dividends in the future.

OurThe Company’s preferred stock and trust preferred securities are superior to our common stock, which may limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock in the future.

Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is also limited by contractual restrictions under ourits trust preferred securities and the agreement with the U.S. Treasury in connection with the issuance of our Series A Preferred Stock under the TARP Capital Purchase Program.preferred stock. The trust preferred securities and preferred stock are in a superior ownership position compared to common stock. Interest must be paid on the trust preferred securities, and dividends must be paid on the preferred stock, before dividends may be paid to the common shareholders. The Company is current in its interest and dividend payments on the trust preferred securities and preferred stock; however, we haveit has the right to defer distributions on these instruments, during which time no dividends may be paid on ourits common stock. If we dothe Company does not have sufficient earnings in the future and beginbegins to defer distributions on the trust preferred securities or preferred stock, weit will be unable to pay dividends on ourits common stock until we becomeit becomes current on those distributions.

There is a limited trading market for the Company’s common stock; it may be difficult to sell shares.

Shares of the Company’s common stock are traded on the over-the-counter (OTC) market and quoted in the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “FXNC.” The volume of trading activity in the stock is relatively limited. Even if a more active market develops, there can be no assurance that such market will continue, or that shares will be able to be sold at or above the investment price. The lack of liquidity of the investment in the common shares should be carefully considered when making an investment decision.

The Company’s governing documents and Virginia law contain anti-takeover provisions that could negatively affect its shareholders.

The Company’s Articles of Incorporation and the Virginia Stock Corporation Act contain certain provisions designed to enhance the ability of the Board of Directors to deal with attempts to acquire control of the Company. These provisions and the ability to set the voting rights, preferences, and other terms of any series of outstanding preferred stock and preferred stock that may be issued, may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may discourage takeovers (which certain shareholders may deem to be in their best interest). To the extent that such takeover attempts are discouraged, temporary fluctuations in the market price of the Company’s common stock resulting from actual or rumored takeover attempts may be inhibited. These provisions also could discourage or make more difficult a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest, even though such transactions may be favorable to the interests of shareholders, and could potentially adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.

 

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2.Properties

The following describes the location and general character of the principal offices of the Company.

The Company owns the headquarters building located at 112 West King Street, in Strasburg, Virginia. This location also serves as the Bank’s Strasburg Financial Center, which primarily serves the banking needs of northern Shenandoah County customers. This three story building also houses administrative employees, including human resources and marketing. Loan and deposit operations, data processing and information technology employees are housed in the Operations Center. Financial accounting is housed in the Winchester Financial Center. Financial centers provide full service banking, including loan, deposit, trust and investment advisorywealth management services, while the bank branches primarily focus on depository and consumer lending functions. The Bank operates a Customer Service Center located within The Village at Orchard Ridge retirement community. The following table provides the name, location, year opened and type of the Company’s locations:

 

Name

  

Location

  Year
Opened
    

Type

    

Owned/Leased

Strasburg Financial Center  

112 West King Street

Strasburg, Virginia

  1927    Financial Center    Owned
Front Royal Express  

508 North Commerce Avenue

Front Royal, Virginia

  1985    Branch    Leased
Kernstown  

3143 Valley Pike

Winchester, Virginia

  1994    Branch    Owned
South Woodstock  

860 South Main Street

Woodstock, Virginia

  1995    Branch    Owned
North Woodstock  

496 North Main Street

Woodstock, Virginia

  1999    Branch    Leased
Front Royal Financial Center  

1717 Shenandoah Avenue

Front Royal, Virginia

  2002    Financial Center    Owned
Winchester Financial Center  

1835 Valley Avenue

Winchester, Virginia

  2003    Financial Center    Owned
Mount Jackson Financial Center  

5304 Main Street

Mount Jackson, Virginia

  2004    Financial Center    Owned
Sherando Financial Center  

695 Fairfax Pike

Stephens City, Virginia

  2006    Financial Center    Owned
Winchester West Financial Center  

208 Crock Wells Mill Drive

Winchester, Virginia

  2006    Financial Center    Owned
Operations Center  

406 Borden Mowery Drive

Strasburg, Virginia

  2008    Operations Center    Owned
The Village at Orchard Ridge Customer Service Center

400 Clocktower Ridge Drive

Winchester, Virginia

2013Customer Service CenterLeased

Rental expense for the leased locations totaled $40$46 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011.2013. The lease for the Front Royal Express property expiredexpires on April 30, 20092014 with an automatic renewal option through April 30, 2013.2016. The lease for the North Woodstock property expires on May 31, 2016, without a renewal option. The initial term for the lease for the Village at Orchard Ridge space expired but has an automatic renewal option every twelve months. All of the Company’s properties are in good operating condition and are adequate for the Company’s present and future needs.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company is a party or to which the property of the Company is subject.

 

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

Part II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Prices and Dividends

Shares of the common stock of the Company are traded on the over-the-counter (OTC) market and quoted in the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “FXNC.” As of March 16, 201221, 2014 the Company had 639617 shareholders of record and approximately 540553 additional beneficial owners of shares of common stock.

Following are the high and low prices of sales of common stock known to the Company, along with the dividends that were paid quarterly in 20102012 and 2011.2013.

 

   Market Prices and Dividends (per share) 
   Sales Price ($)   Dividends ($) 
   High   Low     

2010:

      

1st quarter

   12.00     10.00     0.14  

2nd quarter

   17.85     11.40     0.14  

3rd quarter

   14.00     12.20     0.14  

4th quarter

   13.50     12.21     0.14  

2011:

      

1st quarter

   12.75     9.25     0.10  

2nd quarter

   11.75     10.10     0.10  

3rd quarter

   9.75     7.60     0.00  

4th quarter

   7.75     4.40     0.00  
   Market Prices and Dividends (per share) 
   Sales Price ($)   Dividends ($) 
   High   Low     

2012:

      

1stquarter

   6.00     5.00     0.00  

2ndquarter

   5.30     3.70     0.00  

3rdquarter

   5.50     3.81     0.00  

4thquarter

   5.60     4.70     0.00  

2013:

      

1stquarter

   7.00     5.00     0.00  

2ndquarter

   7.50     5.75     0.00  

3rdquarter

   7.00     4.55     0.00  

4thquarter

   5.85     4.55     0.00  

Dividend Policy

A discussion of certain limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and the ability of the Company to pay dividends on its common and preferred stock, is set forth in Part I., Item 1 – Business, of this Form 10-K under the headings “Supervision and Regulation – Limits on Dividends and Other Payments.”

In order to maintain solid capital levels in lightthe third quarter of 2011, the current economic environment, the Company’s BoardCompany suspended payment of Directors determined in July 2011 to suspend cash dividends on the Company’sits common stock. The Company’s future dividend policy is subject to the discretion of its Board of Directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including future earnings, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements of both the Company and the Bank, applicable governmental regulations and policies and other factors deemed relevant by itsthe Board of Directors.

The Company

The Company is organized under the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, which prohibits the payment of a dividend if, after giving it effect, a corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business. The payment of a dividend is also prohibited if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any preferred shareholders.

The Company is subject to certain regulatory requirements to maintain capital at or above regulatory minimums, which affect its dividend policies. The Federal Reserve has indicated that a bank holding company such as the Company should generally pay dividends only if its earnings for the current period are sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

In connection with its participation in the Capital Purchase Program established by the Treasury under the EESA, the Company issued preferred stock to the Treasury on March 13, 2009. The Preferred Stock is in a superior ownership position compared to common stock. Dividends must be paid to the preferred stock holder before they can be paid to the common shareholders. If the dividends on the Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six (6) quarterly dividend periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the Company’s authorized number of directors will be automatically increased by two (2) and the holders of the Preferred Stock will have the right to elect those directors at the Company’s next annual meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose; these two directors may be elected annually and may serve until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods have been declared and paid in full.

In addition, contractual restrictions under our trust preferred securities provide that those instruments also are in a superior ownership position compared to common stock. Interest must be paid on the trust preferred securities before dividends may be paid to the common shareholders.

The Company is current in its interest and dividend payments on the Preferred Stock and trust preferred securities.

The Bank

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, and its ability to distribute cash dividends will depend primarily on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to it. The Bank also is subject to laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends that it can pay. As a state member bank, the Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by the reserve and capital requirements of federal and Virginia banking statutes and regulations. Under Virginia law, a bank may not declare a dividend in excess of its undivided profits or its accumulated retained earnings. Additionally, under Federal Reserve regulations, the Bank may not declare a dividend if the total amount of all dividends, including the proposed dividend, declared by it in any calendar year exceeds the total of its retained net income of that year to date, combined with its retained net income of the two preceding years, unless the dividend is approved by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve and the Commonwealth of Virginia have the general authority to limit the dividends paid by insured banks if the payment is deemed an unsafe and unsound practice and have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsound and unsafe banking practice.

In addition, we currently are subject to regulatory restrictions that do not permit us or the Bank to declare or pay any dividend without the prior approval of our banking regulators. The Bank received approval in February 2012 for a dividend declaration totaling $249 thousand from the Bank to the Company in order to pay dividends on preferred stock and interest payments on trust preferred capital notes.

Stock Repurchases

The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during the fourth quarter of 2011.2013.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total return to the shareholders of the Company for the last five fiscal years with the total return on the S&P 500, NASDAQ-Total U.S. and the SNL Bank Index $500M-$1B, assuming an investment of $100 in shares of Common Stock on December 31, 2006, and the reinvestment of dividends.

   Period Ending 

Index

  12/31/06   12/31/07   12/31/08   12/31/09   12/31/10   12/31/11 

First National Corporation

   100.00     85.11     63.17     40.50     53.73     25.88  

NASDAQ Composite

   100.00     110.66     66.42     96.54     114.06     113.16  

SNL Bank $500M-$1B

   100.00     80.13     51.35     48.90     53.38     46.96  

Item 6.Selected Financial Data

The following is selected financial data for the Company for the last five years. This information has been derived from audited financial information included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

  Years Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31, 
  (in thousands except ratios and per share amounts)   (in thousands except ratios and per share amounts) 
  2011 2010 2009 2008 2007   2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 

Results of Operations

            

Interest and dividend income

  $25,648   $27,215   $27,414   $30,913   $35,501    $21,157   $23,432   $25,648   $27,215   $27,414  

Interest expense

   5,450    6,814    9,084    12,793    17,401     2,709   4,167   5,450   6,814   9,084  

Net interest income

   20,198    20,401    18,330    18,120    18,100     18,448   19,265   20,198   20,401   18,330  

Provision for loan losses

   12,380    11,731    2,300    1,994    398  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

   7,818    8,670    16,030    16,126    17,702  

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses

   (425 3,555   12,380   11,731   2,300  

Net interest income after provision for (recovery of) loan losses

   18,873   15,710   7,818   8,670   16,030  

Noninterest income

   5,799    6,082    5,577    5,951    6,072     6,931   7,172   5,799   6,082   5,577  

Noninterest expense

   20,743    20,561    18,703    16,014    15,286     20,750   19,117   20,743   20,561   18,703  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   (7,126  (5,809  2,904    6,063    8,488     5,054   3,765   (7,126 (5,809 2,904  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   3,835    (2,206  755    1,840    2,741     (4,820 965   3,835   (2,206 755  

Net (loss) income

   (10,961  (3,603  2,149    4,223    5,747  

Net income (loss)

   9,874   2,800   (10,961 (3,603 2,149  

Effective dividend and accretion on preferred stock

   894    887    704    —      —       913   904   894   887   704  

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders

  $(11,855 $(4,490 $1,445   $4,223   $5,747  

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $8,961   $1,896   $(11,855 $(4,490 $1,445  

Key Performance Ratios

            

Return on average assets

   (1.96%)   (0.66%)   0.39  0.78  1.09   1.85 0.53 (1.96%)  (0.66%)  0.39

Return on average equity

   (22.46%)   (6.52%)   4.27  10.65  16.52   21.87 6.80 (22.46%)  (6.52%)  4.27

Net interest margin

   3.98  4.07  3.62  3.63  3.71   3.72 3.89 3.98 4.07 3.62

Efficiency ratio(1)

   69.66  66.77  73.10  65.37  62.22   74.86 70.07 69.66 66.77 73.10

Dividend payout

   (5.30%)   (36.64%)   113.09  38.61  26.79   0.00 0.00 (5.30%)  (36.64%)  113.09

Equity to assets

   6.88  8.90  9.92  7.15  6.99   10.24 8.43 6.88 8.90 9.92

Per Common Share Data

            

Net (loss) income, basic and diluted

  $(4.01 $(1.53 $0.49   $1.45   $1.98  

Net income (loss), basic and diluted

  $1.83   $0.48   $(4.01 $(1.53 $0.49  

Cash dividends

   0.20    0.56    0.56    0.56    0.53     0.00   0.00   0.20   0.56   0.56  

Book value at period end

   7.72    11.66    13.92    13.41    12.95     7.96   6.22   7.72   11.66   13.92  

Financial Condition

            

Assets

  $539,064   $544,629   $552,674   $548,237   $541,565    $522,890   $532,697   $539,064   $544,629   $552,674  

Loans, net

   379,503    418,994    436,129    446,327    445,380     346,449   370,519   379,503   418,994   436,129  

Securities

   91,665    60,420    60,129    54,791    54,117     103,301   89,456   91,665   60,420   60,129  

Deposits

   469,172    463,500    463,886    447,493    445,142     450,711   466,917   469,172   463,500   463,886  

Shareholders’ equity

   37,096    48,498    54,807    39,185    37,859     53,560   44,889   37,096   48,498   54,807  

Average shares outstanding, diluted

   2,953    2,940    2,921    2,913    2,906     4,901   3,945   2,953   2,940   2,921  

Capital Ratios

            

Leverage

   8.45  10.54  11.50  9.10  9.53   11.75 10.47 8.45 10.54 11.50

Risk-based capital ratios:

            

Tier 1 capital

   11.24  12.91  13.70  10.52  10.89   16.94 14.07 11.24 12.91 13.70

Total capital

   12.51  14.18  14.96  11.72  11.80   18.21 15.34 12.51 14.18 14.96

 

(1)The efficiency ratio is computed by dividing noninterest expense excluding the provision for other real estate owned and gains and losses on other real estate owned by the sum of net interest income on a tax equivalent basis and non-interest income excluding securities and premises and equipment gains and losses. This is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company believes provides investors with important information regarding operational efficiency. Such information is not prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and should not be construed as such. Noninterest expense excluding the provision for other real estate owned and gains and losses on other real estate owned was $18,275, $17,902, $17,709, $16,014, and $15,286 for 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $20,496, $20,723, $18,668, $18,442, and $18,391 for 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Non-interest income excluding securities and premises and equipment gains and losses was $5,740, $6,089, $5,558, $6,055, and $5,812 for 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Management believes such financial information is meaningful to the reader in understanding operating performance, but cautions that such information not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP. The Company, in referring to its net income, is referring to income under generally accepted accounting principles, or “GAAP.” See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” included in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 20092011 should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Executive Overview

The Company

First National Corporation (the Company) is the bank holding company of:

 

First Bank (the Bank). The Bank owns:

 

First Bank Financial Services, Inc.

 

Shen-Valley Land Holdings, LLC

 

First National (VA) Statutory Trust II (Trust II)

 

First National (VA) Statutory Trust III (Trust III)

First Bank Financial Services, Inc. invests in entities that provide title insurance and investment services. Shen-Valley Land Holdings, LLC was formed to hold other real estate owned and future office sites.owned. The Trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities, commonly known as trust preferred securities.

Products, Services, Customers and Locations

The Bank offers loan, deposit, trustBank’s office locations are well-positioned in strong markets along the Interstate 81 and investment products and services through 10 offices, 30 ATMs and its website,www.therespowerinone.com, for both individuals and businesses. Customers include individuals and small to medium-sized businesses, including governmental entities and non-profit organizationsInterstate 66 corridors in the northern Shenandoah Valley region of Virginia.Virginia, which include the City of Winchester, Frederick County, Warren County and Shenandoah County. Within the market area there are various types of industry including medical and professional services, manufacturing, retail and higher education. Customers include individuals, small and medium-sized businesses, local governmental entities and non-profit organizations. Our primary market area is located within an hour commute of the Washington, D.C. Metropolitan Area.

The Bank provides loan, deposit, wealth management and other products and services in the northern Shenandoah Valley region of Virginia. Loan products and services include personal loans, residential mortgages, home equity loans and commercial loans. Deposit products and services include checking, savings, NOW accounts, money market accounts, IRA accounts, certificates of deposit and cash management accounts. The Bank offers other services, including internet banking, mobile banking, remote deposit capture and other traditional banking services.

The Bank’s Wealth Management Department offers a variety of wealth management services including estate planning, investment management of assets, trustee under an agreement, trustee under a will, individual retirement accounts, estate settlement and benefit plans. The Bank also offers financial planning and brokerage services for its customers through its investment division, First Financial Advisors.

The Bank’s products and services are provided through 10 branch offices, 1 customer service center, 26 ATMs and its website,www.fbvirginia.com. The Bank operates six of its offices under the “Financial Center” concept. A Financial Center offers all of the Bank’s financial services at one location. This concept allows loan, deposit, and wealth management personnel to be readily available to serve customers throughout the Bank’s market area. The location and general character of these properties is further described in Part I, Item 2 of this Form 10-K.

Revenue Sources and Expense Factors

The primary source of revenue is from net interest income earned by the Bank. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and interest expense and typically represents between 75%70% to 80% of the Company’s total revenue. Interest income is determined by the amount of interest-earning assets outstanding during the period and the interest rates earned on those assets. The Bank’s interest expense is a function of the amount of interest-bearing liabilities outstanding during the period and the interest rates paid. In addition to net interest income, noninterest income is the other source of revenue for the Company. Noninterest income is derived primarily from service charges on loans and deposits, and fees earned from other services. The Bank generates fee income from other services that include trust and investment advisorywealth management services and through the originationATM and sale of residential mortgages.check card fees.

The provision for loan losses and noninterest expense are the two major expense categories. The provision is determined by factors that include net charge-offs, asset quality, economic conditions and loan growth. Changing economic conditions

caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond the Company’s control have a direct correlation with asset quality, net charge-offs and ultimately the required provision for loan losses. The largest component of noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 is2013 was salaries and employee benefits, comprising 45%51% of noninterest expenses, followed by occupancy and equipment expense, comprising 13% of expenses and provision for other real estate owned, comprising 7%12% of expenses.

Focus on Asset Quality

The Company’s 2011 results reflect continued efforts to address asset quality issues. The Bank’s shorter-term goal was to improve asset quality by reducing the balance of other potential problem loans, impaired loans and other real estate owned (OREO). Management worked towards this goal by strengthening weak loans where possible, increasing specific loan loss reserves on impaired loans to reflect liquidation plans where credit enhancements were not available, and by aggressive marketing and disposition of OREO. Although total non-performing assets increased to $18.2 million at year end, compared to $14.8 million at December 31, 2010, impaired loans decreased to $25.9 million from $43.9 million, and other potential problem loans decreased to $40.0 million from $73.3 million for the same periods, respectively.

During 2011, the Bank enhanced credit risk management practices, appraisal policies and procedures for collateral, improved underwriting and risk grading tools, and more effective management from consolidated credit administration and loan operations functions. These enhancements were initiated to achieve the Bank’s longer-term goal of improving credit risk management.

Financial Performance

For the year ended December 31, 2011,2013, net lossincome totaled $11.0$9.9 million compared to net loss of $3.6$2.8 million in 2010.2012. After the effective dividend on preferred stock, net lossincome available to common shareholders was $11.9$9.0 million, or $4.01$1.83 per basic and diluted share compared

to net loss available to common shareholders of $4.5$1.9 million, or $1.53$0.48 per basic and diluted share, for the same period in 2010. 2012. Return on average assets was 1.85% and return on average equity was 21.87% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 0.53% and 6.80%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The significant increase in the net lossearnings for 2011 compared to 20102013 was primarily a result of a non-cash charge to income tax expense totaling $6.4 million to establish athe reversal of the valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets.assets, which provided an income tax benefit of $4.8 million. In addition, 2011 results reflectthe Company recorded a $12.4 millionrecovery of loan losses totaling $425 thousand, compared to provision for loan losses and $2.5of $3.6 million of other real estate owned (OREO) valuation adjustments and losses on OREO dispositions. Return on assets and return on equity were -1.96% and -22.46%for 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, net interest income decreased 4%, respectively, for 2011or $817 thousand, compared to -0.66% and -6.52%2012. The net interest margin was 3.72% for 2010.

Net interestthe year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 3.89% for the same period in 2012. Noninterest income totaled $20.2decreased $241 thousand, or 3%, to $6.9 million compared to $7.2 million for 2012. Noninterest expense increased 9% to $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011,2013 compared to $20.4$19.1 million for 2012.

In February 2012, the same period in 2010. The net interest margin was 3.98% for 2011 comparedCompany made an adjustment to 4.07% for 2010.

The provision for loan losses totaled $12.4 million in 2011 compared to $11.7 million in 2010. The higher levelOREO expense as a result of provision for loan losses for 2011 was reflectivenew information received on the value of management’s continued efforts to address asset quality issues. The allowance for loan losses decreased to $12.9 million or 3.30% of gross loans at December 31, 2011, from $16.0 million or 3.69% of gross loans at December 31, 2010. The decrease was attributable to net charge-offs totaling $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Management regularly evaluates the loan portfolio, economic conditionsa foreclosed property and other factorsadjustments to determine an appropriate allowance for loan losses. Based on the most recent evaluation, management believes that the allowance for loan losses was appropriate to provide prudent coveragecertain accrued expenses. These adjustments resulted in additional noninterest expense of the risks in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011.

Noninterest income totaled $5.8 million for 2011 compared to $6.1 million for 2010. Decreases in overdraft fee income and gains on sales of loans were partially offset by increases in trust and investment advisory income and ATM and check card fee income. Noninterest expense was $182 thousand, or 1% higher, for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the same period in 2010. The provision for OREO totaled $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $2.6 million for the same period in 2010. Net losses on sale of OREO totaled $910$198 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $19 thousand for the same period in 2010.

In March 2012, the Company made an adjustment to income tax expense as a result of a change in its calculation of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. This adjustment resulted in additional income tax expense of $317 thousand for the year ended December 31, 20112013 than was previously reported on the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2012.January 30, 2014. Net lossincome available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 20112013 totaled $11.9$9.0 million, or $4.01$1.83 per basic and diluted share, as compared to $11.5$9.1 million, or $3.91$1.85 per basic and diluted share, as previously reported.

Management Outlook

The Company does not expect a significant change in noninterest expense (excluding the provision for OREO) for 2012, when compared to 2011 results. Net interest income is expected to decrease slightly from downward pressure on the net interest margin. Although total average earning asset balances are expected to remain relatively stable during 2012, a change in the earning asset mix that occurred throughout 2011 should result in a lower net interest margin for 2012. The Company is anticipating economic conditions to remain stable in the local market, which should result in stable loan and deposit balances.

Noninterest income is not expected to change significantly for 2012, when compared to 2011 results.

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses provides prudent coverage of the risks in the loan portfolio, and the carrying value of other real estate owned reflects current market conditions and the Bank’s disposition plans. However, we expect that additional provisions for loan losses may be necessary in the future, the amount of which will be influenced by changes in the Bank’s loan customers’ ability to pay which is affected by real estate values, economic conditions, and other factors. In addition, the amount of the provision for other real estate owned and gains or losses that may occur from the sale of other real estate owned may be impacted by changes in real estate values.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This report refers to the efficiency ratio, which is computed by dividing noninterest expense excluding OREO expense, loss (gain) on disposal of premises and equipment, and loss on lease termination, by the sum of net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis and noninterest income excluding securities and premises and equipment gains and losses.losses and the gain on termination of postretirement benefit. This is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company believes provides investors with important information regarding operational efficiency. Such information is not prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and should not be construed as such. Management believes, however, such financial information is meaningful to the reader in understanding operating performance, but cautions that such information not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP. The Company, in referring to its net income, is referring to income under GAAP. The components of the efficiency ratio calculation are summarized in the table below.

   Efficiency Ratio 
   (in thousands) 
   2013  2012 

Noninterest expense

  $20,750   $19,117  

Less: other real estate owned expense, net

   1,115    1,355  

Less: loss (gain) on disposal of premises and equipment

   601    (2

Less: loss on lease termination

   263    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $18,771   $17,764  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tax-equivalent net interest income

  $18,688   $19,463  

Noninterest income

   6,931    7,172  

Less: securities gains

   —      1,285  

Less: gain on termination of postretirement benefit obligation

   543    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $25,076   $25,350  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

   74.86  70.07
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Efficiency Ratio 
   (in thousands) 
   2011  2010 

Noninterest expense

  $20,743   $20,561  

Less: provision for other real estate owned

   1,558    2,640  

Less: net losses on sale of other real estate owned

   910    19  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $18,275   $17,902  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tax-equivalent net interest income

  $20,496   $20,723  

Noninterest income

   5,799    6,082  

Less: securities gains (losses)

   59    (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $26,236   $26,812  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

   69.66  66.77
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

This report also refers to net interest margin, which is calculated by dividing tax equivalent net interest income by total average earning assets. Because a portion of interest income earned by the Company is nontaxable, the tax equivalent net interest income is considered in the calculation of this ratio. Tax equivalent net interest income is calculated by adding the tax benefit realized from interest income that is nontaxable to total interest income then subtracting total interest expense. The tax rate utilized in calculating the tax benefit for each of 20112013 and 20102012 is 34%. The reconciliation of tax equivalent net interest income, which is not a measurement under GAAP, to net interest income, is reflected in the table below.

 

  Reconciliation of Net
Interest Income to
Tax-Equivalent Net
Interest Income
   

Reconciliation of Net Interest Income to

Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Income

 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  2011   2010   2013   2012 

GAAP measures:

        

Interest income - loans

  $22,907    $24,874    $18,844    $21,062  

Interest income - investments and other

   2,741     2,341     2,313     2,370  

Interest expense - deposits

   4,843     5,903     2,368     3,707  

Interest expense - other borrowings

   221     460     119     222  

Interest expense - other

   386     451  

Interest expense - trust preferred capital notes

   222     238  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total net interest income

  $20,198    $20,401    $18,448    $19,265  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Non-GAAP measures:

        

Tax benefit realized on non-taxable interest income - loans

  $49    $47    $82    $29  

Tax benefit realized on non-taxable interest income - municipal securities

   249     275     158     169  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total tax benefit realized on non-taxable interest income

  $298    $322    $240    $198  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total tax-equivalent net interest income

  $20,496    $20,723    $18,688    $19,463  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

General

The Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The financial information contained within the statements is, to a significant extent, financial information that is based on measures of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset or relieving a liability. The Bank uses historical loss factors as one factor in determining the inherent loss that may be present in the loan portfolio. Actual losses could differ significantly from the historical factors used. In addition, GAAP itself may change from one previously acceptable method to another. Although the economics of transactions would be the same, the timing of events that would impact transactions could change. For further information about the Bank’s loans and the allowance for loan losses, see Notes 3 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Presented below is a discussion of those accounting policies that management believes are the most important (“Critical Accounting Policies”) to the portrayal and understanding of the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations. The Critical Accounting Policies require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. In the event that different assumptions or conditions were to prevail, and depending upon the severity of such changes, the possibility of materially different financial condition or results of operations is a reasonable likelihood.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management determines that the loan balance may beis uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. For further information about the Company’s loans and the allowance for loan losses, see Notes 3 and 4 in this Form 10-K.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a quarterly basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, including the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The Company performs regular credit reviews of the loan portfolio to review credit quality and adherence to underwriting standards. The credit reviews consist of reviews by its internal credit administration department and reviews performed by an independent third party. Upon origination, each loan is assigned a risk rating ranging from one to nine, with loans closer to one having less risk. This risk rating scale is our primary credit quality indicator. The Company has various committees that review and ensure that the allowance for loans losses methodology is in accordance with GAAP and loss factors used appropriately reflect the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific allowance is used to individually allocate an allowance for impaired loans. For impaired loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows, net collateral value or observable market price of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value (net of selling costs), and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, (2) the loan’s obtainable market price or (3) the fair value of the collateral, net of selling costs, if the loan repayment is collateral dependent. For collateral dependent loans, an updated appraisal is ordered if a current one is not on file. Appraisals are performed by independent third-party appraisers with relevant industry experience. Adjustments to the appraised value may be made based on recent sales of like properties or general market conditions among other considerations. The Company typically does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.disclosures unless they were part of a troubled debt restructuring.

The general component covers loans that are not considered impaired and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. These loans are segregatedThe historical loss experience is calculated by loan type and allowanceuses an average loss rate during the preceding twelve quarters. The qualitative factors are assigned by management based on delinquencies loss history,and asset quality, national and local economic trends, effects of the changes in the value of underlying collateral, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in lending policy, the experience and depth of management, concentrations of credit, quality of the loan review system and the effect of external factors such as competition and regulatory requirements. The factors assigned differ by loan type. The general allowance recognizes potential losses whose impact on the portfolio has yet to be recognized by a specific allowance. Allowance factors and the overall size of the allowance may change from period to period based on management’s assessment of the above described factors and the relative weights given to each factor. For further information regarding the allowance for loan losses see Notes 1 and 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO)

Other real estate owned consistingconsists of properties obtained through a foreclosure proceeding or through an in-substance foreclosure in satisfaction of loans and properties originally acquired for branch expansion but no longer intended to be used for that purpose. OREO is reported at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of fair value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs. Management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in absorption rates or market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering management’s plans for disposition, which could result in adjustments to the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals. Significant judgments and complex estimates are required in estimating the fair value of other real estate, and the period of time within which such estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility. In response to market conditions and other economic factors, management may utilize liquidation sales as part of its distressed asset disposition strategy. As a result of the significant judgments required in estimating fair value and the variables involved in different methods of disposition, the net proceeds realized from sales transactions could differ significantly from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used to determine the fair value of other real estate. Management reviews the value of other real estate each quarter and adjusts the values as appropriate.

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance

A valuation allowance is required for deferred tax assets (DTA) if, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the asset may not be realized due to the inability to generate sufficient taxable income in the period and/or of the character necessary to utilize the benefit of the deferred tax asset. In making this assessment, all sources of

taxable income available to realize the deferred tax asset are considered, including taxable income in prior carry-back years, future reversals of existing temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carry-forwards. The predictability that future taxable income, exclusive of reversing temporary differences, will occur is the most subjective of these four sources. The presence of cumulative losses in recent years is considered significant negative evidence, making it difficult for a company to rely on future taxable income, exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carry-forwards, as a reliable source of taxable income to realize a deferred tax asset. Judgment is a critical element in making this assessment. Changes in the valuation allowance that result from favorable changes in those circumstances that cause a change in judgment about the realization of deferred tax assets in future years are recorded through income tax expense.

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considered all available evidence about the realization of DTAs, both positive and negative, that could be objectively verified. The Company’s positive evidence considered in support of its use of forecasted future earnings as a source of realizing DTAs was insufficientsufficient to overcome the negative evidence associated with its pre-tax cumulative loss position. The totaland as a result, a valuation allowance on deferred income tax assets was $6.1 million atno longer warranted as of December 31, 2011.

Reversal of the DTA valuation allowance balance is subject to considerable judgment. However, the Company expects to reverse the DTA valuation allowance once it has demonstrated a sustainable return to profitability and experienced consecutive profitable quarters coupled with a forecast of sufficient continuing profitability. This reversal could occur as a single event or over a period of time depending upon the level of forecasted taxable income, the degree of probability related to realizing the forecasted taxable income, and the estimated risk related to credit quality. In that event, there will remain limitations on the ability to include2013. For further information regarding the deferred tax assets for regulatory capital purposes. Pursuantasset valuation allowance, see Note 10 to regulatory requirements, as taxes paid in carryback periods are exhausted, financial institutions must deduct from Tier I capital the greater of (1) the amount by which net deferred tax assets exceed what they would expect to realize within one year or (2) the amount by which the net deferred tax assets exceeds 10% of Tier I capital.Consolidated Financial Statements.

Lending Policies

General

In an effort to manage risk, the Bank’s loan policy gives loan amount approval limits to individual loan officers based on their position within the Bank and level of experience. The Management Loan Committee can approve new loans up to their authority. The Board Loan Committee approves all loans which exceed the authority of the Management Loan Committee. The full Board of Directors must approve loans which exceed the authority of the Board Loan Committee, up to the Bank’s legal lending limit. The Board Loan Committee currently consists of five non-managementthree directors. The Board Loan Committee approves the Bank’s Loan Policy and reviews the loan watch list, concentrations of credit and other risk management reports. The Board Loan Committee meets on a monthly basis and the Chairman of the Committee then reports to the Board of Directors.

Residential loan originations are primarily generated by Bank loan officer solicitations, referrals by real estate professionals and customers. Commercial real estate loan originations are obtained through direct solicitation and additional business from existing customers. All completed loan applications are reviewed by the Bank’s loan officers. As part of the application process, information is obtained concerning the income, financial condition, employment and credit history of the applicant. Loan quality is analyzed based on the Bank’s experience and credit underwriting guidelines as well as the guidelines issued by the purchasers of loans, depending on the type of loan involved. Real estate collateral is appraisedvalued by independent appraisers who have been pre-approved by the Board Loan Committee.

As part of the ongoing monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, certain appraisals are analyzed by management or by an outsourced appraisal review specialist throughout the year in order to ensure standards of quality are met. The Company also obtains an independent review of loans within the portfolio on an annual basis to analyze loan risk ratings and validate specific reserves on impaired loans.

In the normal course of business, the Bank makes various commitments and incurs certain contingent liabilities which are disclosed but not reflected in its financial statements, including commitments to extend credit. At December 31, 2011,2013, commitments to extend credit, stand-by letters of credit and rate lock commitments totaled $62.7$68.3 million.

Commercial BusinessConstruction and Land Development Lending

Commercial businessThe Bank makes local construction loans, including residential and land acquisition and development loans. These loans are secured by the property under construction and the underlying land for which the loan was obtained. The majority of these loans have an average life of approximately one year and re-price monthly as key rates change. Construction lending entails significant additional risks, compared with residential mortgage lending. Construction loans sometimes involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Another risk involved in construction lending is the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of the land or property under construction, which value is estimated based on the completion of construction. Thus, there is risk associated with failure to complete construction and potential cost overruns. To mitigate the risks associated with construction lending, the Bank generally havelimits loan amounts to 80% of the appraised value, in addition to analyzing the creditworthiness of its borrowers. The Bank typically obtains a higher degreefirst lien on the property as security for its construction loans, typically requires personal guarantees from the borrower’s principal owners, and typically monitors the progress of risk than loans securedthe construction project during the draw period.

1-4 Family Residential Real Estate Lending

1-4 family residential lending activity may be generated by Bank loan officer solicitations, referrals by real estate but typically have higher yields. Commercial businessprofessionals and existing or new bank customers. Loan applications are taken by a Bank loan officer. As part of the application process, information is gathered concerning income, employment and credit history of the applicant. Residential mortgage loans typicallygenerally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repaymentpayments from cash flow from its businessemployment and other income and are secured by business assets, such as accounts receivable, equipmentreal estate whose value tends to be readily ascertainable. In addition to the Bank’s underwriting standards, loan quality may be analyzed based on guidelines issued by a secondary market investor. The valuation of residential collateral is generally provided by independent fee appraisers who have been approved by the Board Loan Committee. In addition to originating fixed rate mortgage loans with the intent to sell to correspondent lenders or broker to wholesale lenders, the Bank originates balloon and inventory. As a result, the availability of fundsother mortgage loans for the repayment of commercial business loans is substantially dependentportfolio. Depending on the successfinancial goals of the business itself. Furthermore, the collateral for commercial business loans may depreciate over time and generally cannot be appraised with as much reliability as residential real estate. To manage these risks,Company, the Bank generally obtains appropriate collateraloccasionally originates and personal guarantees from the borrower’s principal owners and monitors the financial condition of its business borrowers.

retains these loans.

Commercial Real Estate Lending

Commercial real estate loans are secured by various types of commercial real estate typically in the Bank’s market area, including multi-family residential buildings, commercial buildings and offices, hotels, small shopping centers, farms and churches. Commercial real estate loan originations are obtained through direct solicitation of developerscustomers and additional business from existingpotential customers. In its underwriting of commercial real estate, the Bank may lend, under federal regulation, up to 85% of the secured property’s appraised value, although the Bank’s loan to original appraised value ratio on such properties is typically 80% or less. The valuation of commercial real estate collateral is provided by independent appraisers who have been approved by the Board Loan Committee. Commercial real estate lending entails significant additional risk, compared with residential mortgage lending. Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Additionally, the payment experience on loans secured by income producing properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of a business or a real estate project and thus may be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or in the economy in general. The Bank’s commercial real estate loan underwriting criteria require an examination of debt service coverage ratios, the borrower’s creditworthiness, prior credit history and reputation. The Bank typically requires personal guarantees of the borrowers’ principal owners and considers the valuation of the real estate collateral.

ConstructionCommercial and Land DevelopmentIndustrial Lending

The Bank makes local constructionCommercial and industrial loans including residential and land acquisition and development loans. Thesegenerally have a higher degree of risk than loans are secured by the property under construction and the underlying land for which the loan was obtained. The majority of these loans has an average life of approximately one year and re-price monthly as key rates change. Construction lending entails significant additional risks, compared with residential mortgage lending. Construction loans sometimes involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Another risk involved in construction lending is the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of the land or property under construction, which value is estimated based on the completion of construction. Thus, there is risk associated with failure to complete construction and potential cost overruns. To mitigate the risks associated with construction lending, the Bank generally limits loan amounts to 80% of appraised value, in addition to analyzing the creditworthiness of its borrowers. The Bank typically obtains a first lien on the property as security for its construction loans, typically requires personal guarantees from the borrower’s principal owners, and monitors the progress of the construction project during the draw period.

Residential Real Estate Lending

Residential lending activity may be generated by Bank loan officer solicitations, referrals by real estate, professionals and existing or new bank customers. Loan applications are taken by a Bank loan officer. As part of the application process, information is gathered concerning income, employment and credit history of the applicant. Residential mortgagebut typically have higher yields. Commercial business loans generallytypically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from employment and other incomecash flow from its business and are secured by business assets, such as accounts receivable, equipment and inventory. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans is substantially dependent on the success of the business itself. Furthermore, the collateral for commercial business loans may depreciate over time and generally cannot be appraised with as much reliability as residential real estate whose value tends to be readily ascertainable. In addition to the Bank’s underwriting standards, loan quality may be analyzed based on guidelines issued by a secondary market investor. The valuation of residential collateral is generally provided by independent fee appraisers who have been approved by the Board Loan Committee. In addition to originating fixed rate mortgage loans with the intent to sell to correspondent lenders or broker to wholesale lenders,estate. To manage these risks, the Bank originates balloongenerally obtains appropriate collateral and other mortgage loans forpersonal guarantees from the portfolio. Depending onborrower’s principal owners and monitors the financial goalscondition of the Company, the Bank occasionally originates and retains these loans.its business borrowers.

Consumer Lending

The Bank offers various secured and unsecured consumer loans, including unsecured personal loans and lines of credit, automobile loans, deposit account loans and installment and demand loans. Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured, such as lines of credit, or secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation. Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.

The underwriting standards employed by the Bank for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and an assessment of ability to meet existing obligations and payments on a proposed loan. The stability of the applicant’s monthly income may be determined by verification of gross monthly income from primary employment, and additionally from any verifiable secondary income. Although creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes an analysis of the value of the collateral in relation to the proposed loan amount.

Results of Operations

General

Net interest income represents the primary source of earnings for the Company. Net interest income equals the amount by which interest income on interest-earning assets, predominantly loans and securities, exceeds interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, including deposits, other borrowings and trust preferred securities. Changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as their respective yields and rates, are the components that impact the level of net interest income. The net interest margin is calculated by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets. The provision for loan losses, noninterest income and noninterest expense are the other components that determine net income. Noninterest income and expense primarily consists of income from service charges on deposit accounts; fees charged forrevenue from wealth management services; ATM and check card income; revenue from other customer services, including trust and investment advisory services; gains and lossesincome from the sale of assets, including loans held for sale, securities and premises and equipment;bank owned life insurance; general and administrative expenses; other real estate owned expenses and income tax expense.provision or benefit.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net loss totaled $11.0 million. After the effective dividend and accretion on preferred stock, net loss available to common shareholders was $11.9 million, or $4.01 per basic and diluted share compared to net loss of $4.5 million, or $1.53 per basic and diluted share, for the same period in 2010. The increase in the net loss for 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily a result of a non-cash charge to income tax expense totaling $6.4 million to establish a valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets. In addition, 2011 results reflect a $12.4 million provision for loan losses and $2.5 million of other real estate owned (OREO) valuation adjustments and losses on OREO dispositions. Return on assets and return on equity were -1.96% and -22.46%, respectively, for 2011 compared to -0.66% and -6.52% for 2010.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income decreased slightly to $20.2totaled $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011,2013, which was a 4% decrease compared to $20.4$19.3 million for the same period in 2010.2012. The net interest margin decreased 9 basis points to 3.98%3.72% from 4.07% and3.89%, primarily because interest-earning asset yield decreases exceeded the decrease in the cost of funds when comparing the periods. In addition, average interest-earningearning assets were $5.3$1.8 million higher when comparing the periods. The declineinterest-earning asset yield decreased in the margin resulted2013 from a lower yielding loan portfolio compared to 2012, and also from a change in the earning asset mix and higher levels of non-accrual loans. Loanas gross loan balances were lower and cash, due from banks, federal funds solddecreased and securities balances were higherincreased during 2011 when compared to 2010.the year. In 2010,2012, net interest income totaled $20.4$19.3 million, an 11% increasewhich was a 5% decrease compared to $18.3$20.2 million for the same period in 2009.2011.

The net interest margin was 3.72% in 2013, 3.89% in 2012 and 3.98% in 2011, 4.07% in 2010 and 3.62% in 2009. Interest2011. Tax-equivalent interest income as a percent of average earning assets was 4.26% in 2013, 4.72% in 2012 and 5.04% in 2011, 5.41% in 2010 and 5.38% in 2009.2011. Interest expense as a percent of average interest-bearingearning assets was 0.54% in 2013, 0.83% in 2012 and 1.06% in 2011, 1.34% in 2010 and 1.76% in 2009.2011. The interest rate spread was 3.57% in 2013, 3.68% in 2012 and 3.72% in 2011, 3.73% in 2010 and 3.21% in 2009.

Net interest income is expected to decrease slightly in 2012 from downward pressure on the net interest margin. Although total average earning asset balances are expected to remain relatively stable during 2012, a change in the earning asset mix that occurred throughout 2011 should result in a lower net interest margin for 2012. The Company is anticipating economic conditions to remain stable in the local market, which should result in stable loan and deposit balances.2011.

The following table provides information on average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 2009,2011, as well as amounts and rates of tax equivalent interest earned and interest paid. The volume and rate analysis table analyzes the changes in net interest income for the periods broken down by their rate and volume components.

 

  Average Balances, Income and Expense, Yields and Rates  Average Balances, Income and Expense, Yields and Rates 
  (dollars in thousands)  (dollars in thousands) 
  Years Ending December 31,  Years Ending December 31, 
  2011 2010 2009  2013 2012 2011 
  Average
Balance
 Interest
Income/
Expense
   Yield/
Rate
 Average
Balance
 Interest
Income/
Expense
   Yield/
Rate
 Average
Balance
 Interest
Income/
Expense
   Yield/
Rate
  Average
Balance
 Interest
Income/
Expense
 Yield/
Rate
 Average
Balance
 Interest
Income/
Expense
 Yield/
Rate
 Average
Balance
 Interest
Income/
Expense
 Yield/
Rate
 

Assets

                      

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

  $8,567   $18     0.21 $6,273   $15     0.24 $2,037   $1     0.02 $25,091   $61   0.24 $15,118   $30   0.20 $8,567   $18   0.21

Securities:

                    

Taxable

   64,992    2,156     3.32  42,678    1,722     4.04  45,894    2,095     4.39 91,290   1,870   2.05 81,641   1,924   2.36 64,992   2,156   3.32

Tax-exempt (1)

   12,306    732     5.95  13,681    819     5.99  14,125    873     6.18 7,949   465   5.85 8,702   496   5.70 12,306   732   5.95

Restricted

   2,956    66     2.24  3,338    58     1.72  2,862    46     1.61 1,843   75   4.07 2,373   77   3.25 2,956   66   2.24
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

Total securities

   80,254    2,954     3.68  59,697    2,599     4.35  62,881    3,014     4.79  101,082    2,410    2.38  92,716    2,497    2.69  80,254    2,954    3.68

Loans: (2)

                    

Taxable

   415,677    22,812     5.49  439,942    24,785     5.63  446,643    24,611     5.51  371,317    18,683    5.03  385,548    21,005    5.45  415,677    22,812    5.49

Tax-exempt (1)

   2,248    144     6.38  2,145    136     6.34  2,004    121     6.02  5,244    243    4.64  1,348    86    6.39  2,248    144    6.38
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

Total loans

   417,925    22,956     5.49  442,087    24,921     5.64  448,647    24,732     5.51  376,561    18,926    5.03  386,896    21,091    5.45  417,925    22,956    5.49

Federal funds sold

   7,942    18     0.23  1,167    2     0.19  2,582    5     0.17  2    —      0.48  6,165    12    0.19  7,942    18    0.23
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

Total earning assets

   514,688    25,946     5.04  509,224    27,537     5.41  516,147    27,752     5.38  502,736    21,397    4.26  500,895    23,630    4.72  514,688    25,946    5.04

Less: allowance for loan losses

   (15,339     (7,836     (6,621     (13,091    (13,944    (15,339  

Total nonearning assets

   44,989       43,752       40,072       44,079      40,305      44,989    
  

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

   

Total assets

  $544,338      $545,140      $549,598      $533,724     $527,256     $544,338    
  

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

   

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                      

Interest-bearing deposits:

                      

Checking

  $74,692   $517     0.69 $44,641   $231     0.52 $38,206   $190     0.50 $111,341   $289    0.26 $89,778   $549    0.61 $74,692   $517    0.69

Money market accounts

   27,081    119     0.44  33,788    274     0.81  23,690    255     1.08  16,581    21    0.13  21,333    67    0.31  27,081    119    0.44

Savings accounts

   87,857    498     0.57  81,394    478     0.59  77,854    539     0.69  99,670    150    0.15  96,187    448    0.47  87,857    498    0.57

Certificates of deposit:

                      

Less than $100,000

   86,671    1,778     2.05  96,251    2,488     2.59  104,464    3,391     3.25

Greater than $100,000

   88,896    1,696     1.91  82,625    2,091     2.53  78,280    2,509     3.21

Less than $100

  77,399    922    1.19  87,469    1,316    1.50  86,671    1,778    2.05

Greater than $100

  61,579    923    1.50  71,504    1,238    1.73  88,896    1,696    1.91

Brokered deposits

   22,651    235     1.04  36,294    341     0.94  58,995    869     1.47  9,604    63    0.65  11,478    89    0.77  22,651    235    1.04
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

Total interest-bearing deposits

   387,848    4,843     1.25  374,993    5,903     1.57  381,489    7,753     2.03  376,174    2,368    0.63  377,749    3,707    0.98  387,848    4,843    1.25

Federal funds purchased

   16    —       0.61  1,715    12     0.73  3,692    37     1.01  2    —      0.70  3    —      0.67  16    —      0.61

Trust preferred capital notes

   9,279    386     4.16  9,279    439     4.73  9,279    470     5.07  9,279    222    2.39  9,279    238    2.56  9,279    386    4.16

Other borrowings

   14,848    221     1.49  19,478    460     2.36  24,683    824     3.34  6,064    119    1.96  12,208    222    1.82  14,848    221    1.49
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   411,991    5,450     1.32  405,465    6,814     1.68  419,143    9,084     2.17  391,519    2,709    0.69  399,239    4,167    1.04  411,991    5,450    1.32

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

                      

Demand deposits

   81,786       80,696       75,570       92,339      81,832      81,786    

Other liabilities

   3,145       3,737       4,574       4,727      4,984      3,145    
  

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

   

Total liabilities

   496,922       489,898       499,287       488,585      486,055      496,922    

Shareholders’ equity

   47,416       55,242       50,311       45,139      41,201      47,416    
  

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $544,338      $545,140      $549,598      $533,724     $527,256     $544,338    
  

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

   

Net interest income

   $20,496      $20,723      $18,668      $18,688     $19,463     $20,496   
   

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

  

Interest rate spread

      3.72     3.73     3.21    3.57    3.68    3.72

Interest expense as a percent of average earning assets

      1.06     1.34     1.76    0.54    0.83    1.06

Net interest margin

      3.98     4.07     3.62    3.72    3.89    3.98

 

(1)Income and yields are reported on a taxable-equivalent basis assuming a federal tax rate of 34%. The tax-equivalent adjustment was $240 thousand, $198 thousand and $298 thousand $322 thousandfor 2013, 2012 and $338 thousand for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(2)Loans placed on a non-accrual status are reflected in the balances.

  Volume and Rate   Volume and Rate 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  Years Ending December 31,   Years Ending December 31, 
  2011 2010   2013 2012 
  Volume
Effect
 Rate
Effect
 Change
in
Income/
Expense
 Volume
Effect
 Rate
Effect
 Change
in
Income/
Expense
   Volume
Effect
 Rate
Effect
 Change in
Income/
Expense
 Volume
Effect
 Rate
Effect
 Change in
Income/
Expense
 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

  $4   $(1 $3   $2   $12   $14    $24   $7   $31   $13   $(1 $12  

Loans

   (1,360  (613  (1,973  (383  557    174  

Loans, taxable

   (752 (1,570 (2,322 (1,642 (165 (1,807

Loans, tax-exempt

   7    1    8    9    6    15     174   (17 157   (58  —     (58

Securities

   658    (224  434    (175  (198  (373

Securities, taxable

   438   (492 (54 2,033   (2,265 (232

Securities, tax-exempt

   (81  (6  (87  (27  (27  (54   (11 (20 (31 (255 19   (236

Securities, restricted

   (5  13    8    9    3    12     15   (17 (2 (8 19   11  

Federal funds sold

   15    1    16    (3  —      (3   23   (35 (12 (3 (3 (6
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total earning assets

  $(762 $(829 $(1,591 $(568 $353   $(215  $(89 $(2,144 $(2,233 $80   $(2,396 $(2,316
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Checking

  $192   $94   $286   $33   $8   $41    $187   $(447 $(260 $75   $(43 $32  

Money market accounts

   (47  (108  (155  44    (25  19     (13  (33  (46  (22  (30  (52

Savings accounts

   35    (15  20    28    (89  (61   17    (315  (298  59    (109  (50

Certificates of deposits:

              

Less than $100,000

   (229  (481  (710  (252  (651  (903

Greater than $100,000

   178    (573  (395  148    (566  (418

Less than $100

   (141  (253  (394  16    (478  (462

Greater than $100

   (161  (154  (315  (309  (149  (458

Brokered deposits

   (147  41    (106  (272  (256  (528   (13  (13  (26  (96  (50  (146

Federal funds purchased

   (10  (2  (12  (16  (9  (25

Trust preferred capital notes

   —      (53  (53  —      (31  (31   —      (16  (16  —      (148  (148

Other borrowings

   (94  (145  (239  (152  (212  (364   (122  19    (103  (6  7    1  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  $(122 $(1,242 $(1,364 $(439 $(1,831 $(2,270  $(246 $(1,212 $(1,458 $(283 $(1,000 $(1,283
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Change in net interest income

  $(640 $413   $(227 $(129 $2,184   $2,055    $157   $(932 $(775 $363   $(1,396 $(1,033
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses represents management’s analysis of the existing loan portfolio and related credit risks. The provision for loan losses is based upon management’s estimate of the amount required to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses reflective of the risks in the loan portfolio. The recovery of loan losses was $425 thousand for 2013, which resulted in a total allowance for loan losses of $10.6 million or 2.98% of total loans at December 31, 2013. This compared to a provision for loan losses of $3.6 million and an allowance for loan losses of $13.1 million, or 3.41% of total loans, at December 31, 2012. The lower provision was primarily attributable to two large loan recoveries, improvement in historical loss experience and lower specific reserves on impaired loans. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2013 declined to $2.0 million from $3.4 million for the same period of 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the provision for loan losses totaled $12.4$3.6 million in 2011 compared to $11.7 million in 2010. The higher provision for loan losses was primarily attributable to higher levels of specific reserves on impaired loans and increased historical loss experience. Net charge-offs were $15.5$12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $2.8 million for the same period2011. The decrease in 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the provision for loan losses totaled $11.7 million comparedduring 2012 was a result of a decline in specific reserves on impaired loans when comparing the two periods.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income decreased 3% to $2.3$6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase2013 from $7.2 million for the same period in 2012. Noninterest income, excluding gains on sale of securities and a $543 thousand one-time gain on termination of a post-retirement obligation for directors, increased 9% to $6.4 million compared to $5.9 million for the provisionsame period one year ago. Noninterest income was also impacted by wealth management fees, which increased $246 thousand compared to 2012 and revenue from bank owned life insurance, which increased $344 thousand compared to 2012. In 2012, noninterest income increased 24% to $7.2 million from $5.8 million for loan losses during 2010 was a result2011, primarily from gains on sales of higher specific reserves on impaired loans.securities.

Management regularly evaluates the loan portfolio, economic conditions and other factors to determine an appropriate allowance for loan losses. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses currently provides prudent coverage of the risks in the loan portfolio. However, the amount of provision for loan losses may be influenced by collateral values, economic conditions, and net charge-offs, among other factors. For additional information, see “Asset Quality”.

Noninterest IncomeExpense

Noninterest income decreased 5%expense increased 9% to $5.8$20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $6.12013, compared to $19.1 million for the same period in 2010. Service charges on deposit accounts decreased 15%2012. Salaries and employee benefits increased $938 thousand to $2.2$10.5 million for 2011, compared to $2.6 million for 2010. This$9.6 million. Salaries and employee benefits were impacted by a one-time settlement charge to the Company’s pension plan totaling $284 thousand resulting from the retirement of several long time employees. The increase in noninterest expense was also attributable to a decreasethe decision to terminate two land leases for branch expansion that resulted in overdraft fee income in 2011. This decrease was partially offset by increases in ATMone-time losses from disposal of premises and check card feesequipment totaling $601 thousand and trust and investment advisory fees. ATM and check card fees increased 7%lease termination that totaled $263 thousand. In 2012, noninterest expense decreased 8% to $1.5$19.1 million, for 2011, compared to $1.4 million for 2010. Fee income from trust and investment advisory services increased 13% to $1.4 million for 2011, compared to $1.2 million for 2010. This increase was attributable to more fees generated from higher average assets under management during 2011 when compared to 2010. In 2010, noninterest income increased 9% to $6.1 million from $5.6 million in 2009.

Noninterest income is not expected to change significantly during 2012, when compared to 2011 results.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense increased 1% to $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, comparedprimarily from reduced expenses related to $20.6 million for the same period in 2010. The provision for other real estate owned totaled $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $2.6 million in 2010. Net losses on sale of other real estate owned totaled $910 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $19 thousand for the same period in 2010. In 2010, noninterest expense increased 10% over 2009, primarily as a result of higher provision for other real estate owned.OREO.

The Company does not expect a significant change in noninterest expense, excluding provision for other real estate owned and gains or losses on sale of other real estate owned, during 2012. Management believes that the carrying value of other real estate owned reflects current market conditions and the Bank’s disposition plans; however, the amount of provision for other real estate owned will be influenced by changes in real estate values and economic conditions, among other factors. In addition, gains or losses that may occur from the sale of other real estate owned will be impacted by changes in real estate values.

Income Taxes

The Company’s income tax provision differed from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income for the years ended December 31, 20112013 and 2010.2012. The difference was a result of net permanent tax deductions, primarily comprised of tax-exempt interest income and from the establishmentreversal of athe full valuation allowance on the Company’s net deferred tax asset duringasset. As of December 31, 2013, the fourth quarter of 2011.Company had reversed the full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets (DTAs). The realization of deferred tax assetsDTAs is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. “More likely than not” is defined as greater than a 50% chance. All available evidence, both positive and negative is considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed. Management’s assessment is primarily dependent on historicalIn assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considered all available evidence about the realization of DTAs, both positive and negative, that could be objectively verified.

Positive evidence considered included (1) a return to trailing three years of cumulative pre-tax income in 2013, (2) the Company’s recent history of quarterly pre-tax earnings (seven out of the last eight quarters), (3) expectations for sustained profitability with sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the remaining net deferred tax benefits and projections of future taxable income, which are directly related to the Company’s core earnings capacity and its prospects to generate core earnings(4) significant reductions in the future. Projectionslevel of corenon-performing assets since their peak during 2011, which was the primary source of the losses generated in 2010 and 2011.

Negative evidence considered was (1) the uncertainty about the potential impact on future earnings from nonperforming assets along with (2) a pre-tax loss reported by the Company during one quarterly period over the previous two years. As the number of consecutive periods of profitability increased and taxable incomethe level of profits are inherently subjectindicative of on-going results, the weight of cumulative losses as negative evidence decreased. A reduction in the weight given to uncertaintysuch losses is further validated given that the source of the losses was due to an elevated level of problem assets and estimatesrelated credit costs, which have since been significantly reduced.

After weighing both the positive and negative evidence, management determined that may change given an uncertain economic outlook, banking industry conditions and other factors. Ata valuation allowance on the net deferred tax asset was no longer warranted as of December 31, 2011, management conducted such an analysis and determined that an establishment of a full valuation allowance of $6.1 million was prudent given its recent three year operating losses.2013. For a more detailed discussion of the Company’s tax calculation, see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Financial Condition

General

Total assets were $539.1$522.9 million at December 31, 20112013 compared to $544.6$532.7 million at December 31, 2010.2012. The Company’s trust and investment advisorywealth management group had assets under management of $217.2$284.7 million at December 31, 20112013 compared to $205.5$236.0 million at December 31, 2010.2012. Assets managed by the trust and investment advisorywealth management group are not heldreflected on the Company’s balance sheet.

The Company is anticipating economic conditions to remain stable in the local market, which should result in stable loan and deposit balances during 2012.

Loans

The Bank is an active lender with a loan portfolio that includes commercial and residential real estate loans, commercial loans, consumer loans, construction and land development loans and home equity loans. The Bank’s lending activity is concentrated on individuals, small and medium-sized businesses and local governmental entities primarily in its market area. As a provider of community-oriented financial services, the Bank does not attempt to geographically diversify its loan portfolio by undertaking significant lending activity outside its market area.

Gross loan balances decreased $26.5 million to $357.1 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $383.6 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease in the loan portfolio was primarily the result of pay-offs on loans, including classified loans, and from the level of loan demand in the Company’s market area.

The Bank’s loan portfolio is summarized in the table below for the periods indicated.

 Loan Portfolio  Loan Portfolio 
 (in thousands)  (in thousands) 
 At December 31,  At December 31, 
 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007  2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 

Commercial, financial, and agricultural

 $29,446    7.50 $39,796    9.15 $52,276    11.79 $56,354    12.47 $55,172    12.27 $22,803   6.39 $23,071   6.01 $29,446   7.50 $39,796   9.15 $52,276   11.79

Real estate - construction

  48,363    12.32  52,591    12.09  55,057    12.42  63,744    14.10  73,478    16.34 34,060   9.54 43,524   11.35 48,363   12.33 52,591   12.09 55,057   12.42

Real estate - mortgage:

                    

Residential (1-4 family)

  122,339    31.17  121,506    27.93  118,675    26.77  116,821    25.85  106,378    23.66 141,961   39.76 134,964   35.18 122,339   31.17 121,506   27.93 118,675   26.77

Secured by farmland

  6,161    1.57  6,207    1.43  1,281    0.29  1,702    0.38  1,789    0.40 1,264   0.35 5,795   1.51 6,161   1.57 6,207   1.43 1,281   0.29

Other real estate loans

  174,980    44.59  201,164    46.24  200,001    45.12  196,163    43.40  192,616    42.84 144,704   40.52 168,425   43.91 174,980   44.59 201,164   46.24 200,001   45.12

Consumer

  10,085    2.57  12,879    2.96  13,776    3.11  16,202    3.58  18,778    4.18 5,214   1.46 7,144   1.86 10,085   2.57 12,879   2.96 13,776   3.11

All other loans

  1,066    0.27  887    0.20  2,169    0.49  991    0.22  1,376    0.31 7,087   1.98 671   0.18 1,066   0.27 887   0.20 2,169   0.49
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total loans

 $392,440    100 $435,030    100 $443,235    100 $451,977    100 $449,587    100 $357,093    100 $383,594    100 $392,440    100 $435,030    100 $443,235    100

Less: allowance for loan losses

  12,937     16,036     7,106     5,650     4,207     10,644     13,075     12,937     16,036     7,106   
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

 $379,503    $418,994    $436,129    $446,327    $445,380    $346,449    $370,519    $379,503    $418,994    $436,129   
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

There was no category of loans that exceeded 10% of outstanding loans at December 31, 20112013 that were not disclosed in the above table.

The following table sets forth the maturities of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011:2013:

 

  Remaining Maturities of Selected Loans   Remaining Maturities of Selected Loans 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  At December 31, 2011   At December 31, 2013 
  Less than
One Year
   One to
Five Years
   Greater
than Five
Years
   Total   Less than
One Year
   One to Five
Years
   Greater
than Five
Years
   Total 

Commercial, financial, and agricultural

  $14,602    $13,728    $1,116    $29,446    $8,669    $12,507    $1,627    $22,803  

Real estate construction and land development

   30,680     15,963     1,720     48,363     25,162     8,325     573     34,060  

Real estate - mortgage:

                

Residential (1-4 family)

   14,969     78,266     29,104     122,339     20,065     67,336     54,560     141,961  

Secured by farmland

   5,351     728     82     6,161     356     520     388     1,264  

Other real estate loans

   38,081     134,538     2,361     174,980     30,698     83,307     30,699     144,704  

Consumer

   1,060     9,025     —       10,085     963     4,135     116     5,214  

All other loans

   280     786     —       1,066     432     6,477     178     7,087  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total loans

  $105,023    $253,034    $34,383    $392,440    $86,345    $182,607    $88,141    $357,093  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

For maturities over one year:

                

Fixed rates

  $237,934          $227,820        

Variable rates

   49,483           42,928        
  

 

         

 

       
  $287,417          $270,748        
  

 

         

 

       

Asset Quality

Management classifies as non-performing assets as non-accrual loans and other real estate owned (OREO). OREO represents real property taken by the Bank either through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu thereof from the borrower.borrower and properties originally acquired for branch expansion but no longer intended to be used for that purpose. OREO is recorded at the lower of cost or market,fair value, less estimated selling costs, and is primarily marketed by the Bank through brokerage channels. The Bank’s other real estate owned,

OREO, net of valuation allowance, totaled $6.4$3.0 million at December 31, 20112013 and $4.0$5.6 million at December 31, 2010.

2012. Non-performing assets were $18.2$14.7 million and $14.8$14.0 million at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, representing 3.38%2.81% and 2.71%2.63% of total assets, respectively. Non-performing assets included $11.8$11.7 million in non-accrual loans and $6.4$3.0 million in OREO, net of the valuation allowance, at December 31, 2011.

2013. This compares to $8.4 million in non-accrual loans and $5.6 million in OREO, net of the valuation allowance at December 31, 2012. The increase in non-accrual loans was primarily the result of the addition of two large loan relationships to non-accrual status at the end of 2013.

The levels of non-performing assets in 2011at December 31, 2013 and 2010December 31, 2012 were primarily attributable to weakerweak local economic conditions that negatively impacted the ability of certain borrowers to service debt. Borrowers that have not been able to meet their debt requirements are primarily business customers involved in hotelreal estate development and mini-storage operations, commercial and residential rental real estate and residential real estate development.estate. At December 31, 2011, 57%2013, 55% of non-performing assets related to construction and land development loans, 33% related to commercial real estate loans, 22%8% related to residential real estate loans, 3% related to properties originally acquired for branch expansion no longer intended to be used for that purpose and 21%1% related to residential developmentcommercial and industrial loans. Non-performing assets could increase due to other potential problem loans identified by management.management as potential problem loans. Other potential problem loans are defined as performing loans that possess certain risks, including the borrower’s ability to pay and the collateral value securing the loan, that management has identified that may result in the

loans not being repaid in accordance with their terms. Other potential problem loans totaled $40.0$23.5 million and $44.6 million at December 31, 2011, a 45% decline from $73.3 million at2013 and December 31, 2010.2012, respectively. The amount of other potential problem loans in future periods willmay be dependent on economic conditions.conditions and other factors influencing our customers’ ability to meet their debt requirements.

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s analysis of the existing loan portfolio and related credit risks. The provision for loan losses is based upon management’s estimate of the amount required to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses reflective of the risks in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses totaled $12.9$10.6 million at December 31, 20112013 and $16.0$13.1 million at December 31, 2010,2012, representing 3.30%2.98% and 3.69%3.41% of total loans, respectively.

Impaired loans totaled $25.9$21.7 million at December 31, 2011, a 41% decline from $43.92013, compared to $16.9 million at December 31, 2010.2012. The related allowance for loan losses provided for these loans totaled $2.4$1.4 million and $8.6$1.8 million at December 31, 20112013 and 2010.2012. The average recorded investment in impaired loans during 20112013 and 20102012 was $38.2$16.0 million and $22.3$21.0 million, respectively. The increase in impaired loans was primarily attributable to two loan relationships. Included in the impaired loans total are loans classified as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) totaling $11.4$1.9 million and $14.4$6.3 million at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. These loans represent situations in which a modification to the contractual interest rate or repayment structure has been granted to address a financial hardship. As of December 31, 2011, $4.8 million2013, $829 thousand of these TDRs were performing under the restructured terms and were not considered non-performing assets.

Non-accrual loans excluded from impaired loan disclosure amounted to $103 thousand, $2 thousand and $196 thousand at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. If interest on these loans had been accrued, such income would have approximated $4 thousand and $6 thousand for 2011 and 2009, respectively. For 2010, there was no interest that would have been accrued on these loans. Loan payments received on non-accrual loans are applied to principal. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status there are several negative implications. First, all interest accrued but unpaid at the time of the classification is deducted from the interest income totals for the Bank. Second, accruals of interest are discontinued until it becomes certain that both principal and interest can be repaid. Third, there may be actual losses that necessitate additional provisions for credit losses charged against earnings. These loans were included in the non-performing loan totals listed below.

Management believes, based upon its review and analysis, that the Bank has appropriatesufficient reserves for potentialto cover losses inherent within the loan portfolio. For each period presented, the provision for loan losses charged to expense was based on management’s judgment after taking into consideration all factors connected with the collectability of the existing portfolio. Management considers loss experience over a three-year period, economic conditions, assethistorical loss factors, past due percentages, internally generated loan quality collateral valuesreports and other relevant factors when evaluating the loan portfolio. If economic conditions in our market area do not improve, we could experience further losses within the loan portfolio that would necessitate additional provisions for loan losses. In addition, thereThere can be no assurance, however, that an additional provisionsprovision for loan losses will not be required in the future, including as a result of changes in the economic assumptionsqualitative factors underlying management’s estimates and judgments, adverse developments in the economy, on a national basis or in the Company’s market area, or changes in the circumstances of particular borrowers. For further discussion regarding the allowance for loan losses, see “Critical Accounting Policies” above. The following table shows a detail of loans charged-off, recovered and the changes in the allowance for loan losses.

   Allowance for Loan Losses 
   (in thousands) 
   At December 31, 
   2011   2010   2009   2008   2007 

Balance, beginning of period

  $16,036    $7,106    $5,650    $4,207    $3,978  

Loans charged-off:

          

Commercial, financial and agricultural

   348     387     128     198     44  

Real estate-construction and land development

   2,983     1,225     333     111     —    

Real estate-mortgage

          

Residential (1-4 family)

   4,639     132     351     149     —    

Non-farm, non-residential

   7,551     978     12     —       —    

Secured by farmland

   —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer

   268     340     318     346     338  

All other loans

   —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans charged off

  $15,789    $3,062    $1,142    $804    $382  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Commercial, financial and agricultural

  $3    $1    $—      $—      $—    

Real estate-construction and land development

   50     —       —       —       —    

Real estate-mortgage

          

Residential (1-4 family)

   6     8     —       —       —    

Non-farm, non-residential

   —       —       —       —       —    

Secured by farmland

   —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer

   251     252     298     253     213  

All other loans

   —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

  $310    $261    $298    $253    $213  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

  $15,479    $2,801    $844    $551    $169  

Provision for loan losses

   12,380     11,731     2,300     1,994     398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $12,937    $16,036    $7,106    $5,650    $4,207  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  Allowance for Loan Losses 
  (in thousands) 
  At December 31, 
  2013  2012  2011  2010  2009 

Balance, beginning of period

 $13,075   $12,937   $16,036   $7,106   $5,650  

Loans charged-off:

     

Commercial, financial and agricultural

  37    261    348    387    128  

Real estate-construction and land development

  2,962    431    2,983    1,225    333  

Real estate-mortgage

     

Residential (1-4 family)

  260    761    4,639    132    351  

Non-farm, non-residential

  1,070    2,154    7,551    978    12  

Secured by farmland

  —      —      —      —      —    

Consumer

  163    186    268    340    318  

All other loans

  —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans charged off

 $4,492   $3,793   $15,789   $3,062   $1,142  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Recoveries:

     

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 $179   $35   $3   $1   $—    

Real estate-construction and land development

  —      1    50    —      —    

Real estate-mortgage

     

Residential (1-4 family)

  823    68    6    8    —    

Non-farm, non-residential

  1,304    64    —      —      —    

Secured by farmland

  —      —      —      —      —    

Consumer

  180    208    251    252    298  

All other loans

  —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 $2,486   $376   $310   $261   $298  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 $2,006   $3,417   $15,479   $2,801   $844  

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses

  (425  3,555    12,380    11,731    2,300  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

 $10,644   $13,075   $12,937   $16,036   $7,106  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average loans outstanding during the period

  0.53  0.88  3.70  0.63  0.19

The following table shows the balance and percentage of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses allocated to each major category of loans.

 

  Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses  Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses 
  (dollars in thousands)  (dollars in thousands) 
  At December 31,  At December 31, 
  2011 2010 2009 2008 2007  2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

  $963     0.25 $858     0.20 $1,167     0.26 $964     0.21 $743     0.16 $442   6.39 $608   6.01 $963   7.50 $858   9.15 $1,167   11.79

Real estate-construction and land development

   2,843     0.72  4,050     0.93  878     0.20  719     0.16  568     0.13 2,710   9.54 2,481   11.35 2,843   12.33 4,050   12.09 878   12.42

Real estate-mortgage

   8,958     2.28  10,868     2.50  4,848     1.09  3,665     0.81  2,524     0.56 7,393   80.63 9,875   80.60 8,958   77.33 10,868   75.60 4,848   72.18

Consumer

   157     0.04  248     0.06  186     0.04  286     0.06  349     0.08 24   1.46 101   1.86 157   2.57 248   2.96 186   3.11

All other

   15     0.01  12     0.00  27     0.01  16     0.01  23     0.01 75   1.98 10   0.18 15   0.27 12   0.20 27   0.49
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $12,937     3.30 $16,036     3.69 $7,106     1.60 $5,650     1.25 $4,207     0.94 $10,644    100.0 $13,075    100.0 $12,937    100.0 $16,036    100.0 $7,106    100.00
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The following table provides information on the Bank’s non-performing assets at the dates indicated.

 

   Non-performing Assets 
   (dollars in thousands) 
   At December 31, 
   2011  2010  2009  2008  2007 

Non-accrual loans

  $11,841   $10,817   $8,273   $10,058   $382  

Foreclosed property

   6,374    3,961    6,261    4,300    377  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

  $18,215   $14,778   $14,534   $14,358   $759  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days accruing interest

   459    598    237    1,824    1,507  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets and past due loans

  $18,674   $15,376   $14,771   $16,182   $2,266  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses to period end loans

   3.30  3.69  1.60  1.25  0.94

Non-performing assets to period end loans

   4.64  3.40  3.28  3.18  0.17

Net charge-offs to average loans

   3.70  0.63  0.19  0.12  0.04

   Non-performing Assets 
   (dollars in thousands) 
   At December 31, 
   2013  2012  2011  2010  2009 

Non-accrual loans

  $11,678   $8,393   $11,841   $10,817   $8,273  

Other real estate owned

   3,030    5,590    6,374    3,961    6,261  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

  $14,708   $13,983   $18,215   $14,778   $14,534  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days accruing interest

   49    228    459    598    237  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets and past due loans

  $14,757   $14,211   $18,674   $15,376   $14,771  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings

  $1,941   $6,326   $11,385   $14,428   $5,641  

Allowance for loan losses to period end loans

   2.98  3.41  3.30  3.69  1.60

Non-performing assets to period end loans

   4.12  3.65  4.64  3.40  3.28

Securities

Securities at December 31, 20112013 were $91.7$103.3 million, an increase of $31.3$13.8 million or 52%15%, from $60.4$89.5 million at the end of 2010.2012. Investment securities are comprised of U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities, obligations of state and political subdivisions and corporate equity securities. The increase in the securities portfolio was related to less loan demand in the Company’s market area. As of December 31, 2011,2013, neither the Company nor the Bank held any derivative financial instruments in their respective investment security portfolios. Gross unrealized gains in the securities portfolio totaled $1.0 million and $2.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Gross unrealized losses totaled $2.7 million and $319 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Investments in an unrealized loss position were considered temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s securities portfolio on the dates indicated.

 

  Securities Portfolio   Securities Portfolio 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  At December 31,   At December 31, 
  2011   2010   2009   2013   2012   2011 

Securities, available for sale

            

U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities

  $78,876    $46,924    $44,215    $84,897    $73,218    $78,876  

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

   12,676     13,301     15,706     18,399     16,235     12,676  

Other securities

   113     195     208     5     3     113  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total securities

  $91,665    $60,420    $60,129    $103,301    $89,456    $91,665  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The following table shows the maturities of available for sale debt and equity securities at amortized cost and market value at December 31, 20112013 and approximate weighted average yields of such securities. Yields on state and political subdivision securities are shown on a tax equivalent basis, assuming a 34% federal income tax rate. The Company attempts to maintain diversity in its portfolio and maintain credit quality and re-pricing terms that are consistent with its asset/liability management and investment practices and policies. For further information on securities available for sale, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

  Securities Portfolio Maturity Distribution/Yield
Analysis
   Securities Portfolio Maturity Distribution/Yield Analysis 
  (dollars in thousands)   (dollars in thousands) 
  At December 31, 2011   At December 31, 2013 
  Less
than
One
Year
 One to
Five
Years
 Five to
Ten
Years
 Greater
than Ten
Years and
Other
Securities
 Total   Less than
One Year
 One to Five
Years
 Five to Ten
Years
 Greater than
Ten Years
and Equity
Securities
 Total 

Available for sale securities:

            

U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities

            

Amortized cost

  $—     $1,789   $7,063   $67,696   $76,548    $—     $2,309   $16,156   $67,900   $86,365  

Market value

  $—     $1,905   $7,475   $69,496   $78,876    $—     $2,280   $15,676   $66,941   $84,897  

Weighted average yield

   0.00  4.85  3.65  3.15    0.00 1.67 1.70 2.33 2.20

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

            

Amortized cost

  $300   $1,830   $3,727   $6,038   $11,895    $899   $2,992   $4,197   $10,559   $18,647  

Market value

  $300   $1,884   $3,943   $6,549   $12,676    $923   $3,049   $4,225   $10,202   $18,399  

Weighted average yield

   7.15  5.60  6.02  6.08    6.26 4.41 4.62 4.16 4.40

Other securities

      

Equity securities

      

Amortized cost

  $—     $—     $—     $26   $26    $—     $—     $—     $1   $1  

Market value

  $—     $—     $—     $113   $113    $—     $—     $—     $5   $5  

Weighted average yield

   0.00  0.00  0.00  2.23    0.00 0.00 0.00 1.76 1.76

Total portfolio

            

Amortized cost

  $300   $3,619   $10,790   $73,760   $88,469    $899   $5,301   $20,353   $78,460   $105,013  

Market value

  $300   $3,789   $11,418   $76,158   $91,665    $923   $5,329   $19,901   $77,148   $103,301  

Weighted average yield(1)

   7.15  5.23  4.47  3.39    6.26 3.22 2.30 2.58 2.59

 

(1) 

Yields on tax-exempt securities have been calculated on a tax-equivalent basis.

The above table was prepared using the contractual maturities for all securities with the exception of mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO). Both MBS and CMO securities were recorded using the Espielyield book prepayment model that considers many factorsincorporates four causes of prepayments including ratehome sales, refinancing, defaults, and spread projections, housing turnover and borrower characteristics to create anticipated speeds.curtailments/full payoffs.

Deposits

Deposits at December 31, 20112013 were $469.2$450.7 million, an increasea decrease of $5.7$16.2 million, or 1%, from $463.5$466.9 million at December 31, 2010.2012. Non-interest bearing demand deposits increased $7.8 million or 9% to $92.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 from $85.1 million at December 31, 2012. Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits increased $19.5$12.5 million or 11% when comparing the same periods. Time deposits, which included brokered deposits, decreased $16.6 million or 8% during 20116% to $189.3 million compared to $205.9$234.1 million at December 31, 2010. Non-interest bearing demand2013 compared to $221.6 million at December 31, 2012. Time deposits, increased $2.8which include brokered deposits, decreased $36.4 million or 3%23% during 2011. the year ended December 31, 2013 to $123.8 million compared to $160.2 million at December 31, 2012.

The following tables include a summary of average deposits and average rates paid and maturities of CD’s greater than $100,000.

 

  Average Deposits and Rates Paid   Average Deposits and Rates Paid 
  (dollars in thousands)   (dollars in thousands) 
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31, 
  2011 2010 2009   2013 2012 2011 
  Amount   Rate Amount   Rate Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate Amount   Rate Amount   Rate 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

  $81,786     —     $80,696     —     $75,570     —      $92,339     —     $81,832     —     $81,786     —    
  

 

    

 

    

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

   

Interest-bearing deposits:

                    

Interest checking

  $74,692     0.69 $44,641     0.52 $38,206     0.50  $111,341     0.26 $89,778     0.61 $74,692     0.69

Money market

   27,081     0.44  33,788     0.81  23,690     1.08   16,581     0.13  21,333     0.31  27,081     0.44

Savings

   87,857     0.57  81,394     0.59  77,854     0.69   99,670     0.15  96,187     0.47  87,857     0.57

Time deposits:

                    

Less than $100,000

   86,671     2.05  96,251     2.59  104,464     3.25

Greater than $100,000

   88,896     1.91  82,625     2.53  78,280     3.21

Less than $100

   77,399     1.19  87,469     1.50  86,671     2.05

Greater than $100

   61,579     1.50  71,504     1.73  88,896     1.91

Brokered deposits

   22,651     1.04  36,294     0.94  58,995     1.47   9,604     0.65  11,478     0.77  22,651     1.04
  

 

    

 

    

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

  $387,848     1.25 $374,993     1.57 $381,489     2.03  $376,174     0.63 $377,749     0.98 $387,848     1.25
  

 

    

 

    

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

   

Total deposits

  $469,634     $455,689     $457,059      $468,513     $459,581     $469,634    
  

 

    

 

    

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

   

 

   Maturities of CD’s Greater than $100,000 
   (in thousands) 
   Less than
Three
Months
   Three to
Six
Months
   Six to
Twelve
Months
   Greater
than One
Year
   Total 

At December 31, 2011

  $24,923    $12,168    $14,743    $46,000    $97,834  
   Maturities of CD’s Greater than $100,000 
   (in thousands) 
   Less than
Three
Months
   Three to
Six
Months
   Six to
Twelve
Months
   Greater
than One
Year
   Total 

At December 31, 2013

  $10,133    $7,241    $12,353    $24,828    $54,555  

The table above includes brokered deposits greater than $100 thousand.

Liquidity

Liquidity represents the ability to meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or with borrowings from correspondent banks or other deposit markets. The Company classifies cash, interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold, investment securities and loans maturing within one year as liquid assets. As part of the Bank’s liquidity risk management, stress tests and cash flow modeling are performed quarterly.

As a result of the Bank’s management of liquid assets and the ability to generate liquidity through liability funding, management believes that the Bank maintains overall liquidity sufficient to satisfy its depositors’ requirements and to meet its customers’ borrowing needs.

At December 31, 2011,2013, cash, interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold, securities and loans maturing within one year were $125.0totaled $118.7 million. At the end of 2011, approximately 32%December 31, 2013, 24% or $124.2$86.3 million of the loan portfolio would mature or re-price within a one-year period.one year. Non-deposit sources of available funds totaled $96.8$108.4 million at December 31, 2011,2013, which included $53.3$68.3 million available from FHLB, $35.0Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB), $37.0 million of unsecured federal funds lines of credit with other correspondent banks and $8.5$3.1 million available through the Federal Reserve Discount Window. During 2011, other borrowing activity included repayment of four fixed rate advances from FHLB totaling $25.0 million and borrowing six fixed rate advances from FHLB totaling $24.0 million. The Bank also borrowed and repaid Daily Rate Credit advances as an alternative to purchasing federal funds.

Trust Preferred Capital Notes

See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, for discussion of trust preferred capital notes.

Contractual Obligations

The impact that contractual obligations as of December 31, 20112013 are expected to have on liquidity and cash flow in future periods is as follows:

 

  Contractual Obligations   Contractual Obligations 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  Total   Less
than one
year
   1-3
years
   3-5
years
   More
than 5
years
   Total   Less than one
year
   1-3 years   3-5 years   More than 5
years
 

Other borrowings

  $19,100    $5,022    $5,049    $3,029    $6,000    $6,052    $25    $27    $6,000    $—    

Operating leases

   692     227     286     179     —       118     52     61     5     —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $19,792    $5,249    $5,335    $3,208    $6,000    $6,170    $77    $88    $6,005    $—    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The Company does not have any capital lease obligations or other purchase or long-term obligations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company, through the Bank, is a party to credit related financial instruments with risk not reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Bank follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

At December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  2011   2010   2013   2012 

Commitments to extend credit and unfunded commitments under lines of credit

  $48,892    $53,494    $59,115    $52,849  

Stand-by letters of credit

   9,795     6,917     7,610     8,306  

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Bank, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

Unfunded commitments under commercial lines of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are collateralized as deemed necessary and usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may or may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Bank is committed.

Commercial and standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank generally holds collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary.

At December 31, 2011,2013, the Bank had $4.0$1.6 million in locked-rate commitments to originate mortgage loans. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. The Bank does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

Capital Resources

The adequacy of the Company’s capital is reviewed by management on an ongoing basis with reference to the size, composition, and quality of the Company’s asset and liability levels and consistent with regulatory requirements and industry standards. Management seeks to maintain a capital structure that will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated asset growth and absorb potential losses.

In order to maintain appropriate capital levels in light of the current economic environment, the Company’s Board of Directors determined in July 2011 to suspend cash dividends on the Company’s common stock.

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has adopted capital guidelines to supplement the existing definitions of capital for regulatory purposes and to establish minimum capital standards. Specifically, the guidelines categorize assets and off-balance sheet items into four risk-weighted categories. The minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8.00%, of which at least 4.00% must be Tier 1 capital, composed of common equity, retained earnings and a limited amount of perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangible items. Under present regulations, trust preferred securities may be included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy purposes as long as their amount does not exceed 25% of Tier 1 capital, including total trust preferred securities. The portion of the trust preferred securities not considered as Tier 1 capital, if any, may be included in Tier 2 capital. The Company had a ratio of risk-weighted assets to total capital of 12.51%18.21% at December 31, 20112013 and a ratio of risk-weighted assets to Tier 1 capital of 11.24%16.94%. Both of these exceed both the minimum capital requirement and the minimum to be well capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions adopted by the federal regulatory agencies.

The following table summarizes the Company’s Tier 1 capital, Tier 2 capital, risk-weighted assets and capital ratios at December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 2009.2011.

 

  Analysis of Capital   Analysis of Capital 
  (dollars in thousands)   (dollars in thousands) 
  At December 31,   At December 31, 
  2011 2010 2009   2013 2012 2011 

Tier 1 capital:

        

Preferred stock

  $14,263   $14,127   $13,998    $14,564   $14,409   $14,263  

Common stock

   3,695    3,686    3,664     6,127   6,127   3,695  

Surplus

   1,644    1,582    1,418     6,813   6,813   1,644  

Retained earnings

   16,503    28,969    35,104     27,360   18,399   16,503  

Trust preferred securities

   9,279    9,279    9,279  

Trust preferred capital notes

   9,279   9,279   9,279  

Disallowed deferred tax asset

   (2,235  —      —    

Intangible assets

   (153  (176  (345   (108 (130 (153
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Tier 1 Capital

  $45,231   $57,467   $63,118    $61,800   $54,897   $45,231  

Tier 2 capital:

        

Allowance for loan losses

   5,128    5,696    5,774     4,637    4,979    5,128  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Risk-Based Capital

  $50,359   $63,163   $68,892    $66,437   $59,877   $50,359  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

  $402,396   $445,301   $460,605    $364,915   $390,254   $402,396  

Capital ratios:

        

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

   12.51  14.18  14.96   18.21  15.34  12.51

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

   11.24  12.91  13.70   16.94  14.07  11.24

Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets

   8.45  10.54  11.50   11.75  10.47  8.45

On March 13, 2009,

Under present regulations, trust preferred securities may be included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy purposes as long as their amount does not exceed 25% of Tier 1 capital, including total trust preferred securities. The portion of the Company received an investmenttrust preferred securities not considered as Tier 1 capital, if any, may be included in Tier 2 capital. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total amount of trust preferred securities issued by the U.S. Treasury through the purchase ofTrusts was included in the Company’s Tier 1 capital. The Company is current on the interest payments on its trust preferred stock totaling $13.9 million from thecapital notes.

The Company’s participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program. As a result of this investment, capital ratios increased during 2009. The Preferred Stock includes Series A Preferred Stock which pays a dividend of 5% per annum for the first five yearsuntil March 13, 2014 and 9% thereafter. The Warrantthereafter, and Series B Preferred Stock which pays a dividend of 9% per annum. The Company is current on its dividend payments on each series of preferred stock.

On June 29, 2012, the Company completed the sale of 1,945,815 shares of common stock in a rights offering and to certain standby investors. The Company’s existing shareholders exercised subscription rights to purchase 1,520,815 shares at a subscription price of $4.00 per share, and the standby investors purchased an additional 425,000 shares at the same price of $4.00 per share. In total, the Company raised net proceeds of $7.6 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, for discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

Quarterly Results

The table below lists the Company’s quarterly performance for the years ended December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 2009.2011.

 

  2011   2013 
  (in thousands, except per share data)   (in thousands, except per share data) 
  Fourth Third Second First   Total       Fourth         Third           Second         First         Total     

Interest and dividend income

  $6,270   $6,403   $6,537   $6,438    $25,648    $5,093   $5,286    $5,371   $5,407   $21,157  

Interest expense

   1,138    1,355    1,454    1,503     5,450     544   657     717   791   2,709  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net interest income

   5,132    5,048    5,083    4,935     20,198     4,549    4,629     4,654    4,616    18,448  

Provision for loan losses

   2,985    5,575    3,550    270     12,380  

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses

   (2,950  275     2,500    (250  (425
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses

   2,147    (527  1,533    4,665     7,818  

Net interest income after provision for (recovery of) loan losses

   7,499    4,354     2,154    4,866    18,873  

Noninterest income

   1,501    1,473    1,485    1,340     5,799     1,771    1,625     2,034    1,501    6,931  

Noninterest expense

   6,284    5,388    4,516    4,555     20,743     6,232    4,648     4,757    5,113    20,750  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   (2,636  (4,442  (1,498  1,450     (7,126   3,038    1,331     (569  1,254    5,054  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   5,497    (1,556  (553  447     3,835     (4,352  91     (830  271    (4,820
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (loss) income

   (8,133  (2,886  (945  1,003     (10,961

Net income

  $7,390   $1,240    $261   $983   $9,874  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders

   (8,357  (3,110  (1,168  780     (11,855

Net income available to common shareholders

  $7,162   $1,011    $31   $757   $8,961  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (loss) income per share, basic and diluted

  $(2.82 $(1.05 $(0.40 $0.26    $(4.01

Net income per share, basic and diluted

  $1.46   $0.21    $0.01   $0.15   $1.83  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

  2010   2012 
  Fourth Third   Second   First   Total       Fourth         Third           Second         First         Total     

Interest and dividend income

  $ 6,717   $ 6,790    $ 6,821    $ 6,887    $ 27,215    $5,573   $5,771    $5,880   $6,208   $23,432  

Interest expense

   1,543    1,614     1,719     1,938     6,814     919   1,035     1,085   1,128   4,167  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net interest income

   5,174    5,176     5,102     4,949     20,401     4,654    4,736     4,795    5,080    19,265  

Provision for loan losses

   9,120    1,200     1,000     411     11,731     100    805     650    2,000    3,555  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses

   (3,946  3,976     4,102     4,538     8,670  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

   4,554    3,931     4,145    3,080    15,710  

Noninterest income

   1,716    1,537     1,489     1,321     6,063     1,589    1,609     1,462    2,514    7,174  

Noninterest expense

   7,085    4,535     4,525     4,397     20,542     5,124    4,657     4,434    4,904    19,119  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   (9,315  978     1,066     1,462     (5,809

Income tax expense (benefit)

   (3,250  284     313     447     (2,206

Income before income taxes

   1,019     883     1,173    690     3,765  

Income tax expense

   76    195     479    215    965  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (loss) income

   (6,065  694     753     1,015     (3,603

Net income

   943    688     694    475    2,800  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders

   (6,289  473     532     794     (4,490

Net income available to common shareholders

   716    462     467     251    1,896  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income per share, basic and diluted

  $0.15   $0.09    $0.16   $0.08   $0.48  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (loss) income per share, basic and diluted

  $(2.14 $0.16    $0.18    $0.27    $(1.53
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

  2009   2011 
  Fourth   Third   Second   First Total       Fourth         Third         Second         First           Total     

Interest and dividend income

  $  6,999    $ 6,949    $ 6,749    $ 6,717   $  27,414    $6,270   $6,403   $6,537   $6,438    $25,648  

Interest expense

   2,107     2,175     2,278     2,524    9,084     1,138   1,355   1,454   1,503     5,450  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net interest income

   4,892     4,774     4,471     4,193    18,330     5,132    5,048    5,083    4,935     20,198  

Provision for loan losses

   246     394     489     1,171    2,300     2,985    5,575    3,550    270     12,380  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

   4,646     4,380     3,982     3,022    16,030  

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses

   2,147    (527  1,533    4,665     7,818  

Noninterest income

   1,565     1,376     1,409     1,227    5,577     1,501    1,473    1,485    1,340     5,799  

Noninterest expense

   4,740     4,591     5,109     4,263    18,703     6,284    5,388    4,516    4,555     20,743  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   1,471     1,165     282     (14  2,904     (2,636  (4,442  (1,498  1,450     (7,126

Income tax expense (benefit)

   414     347     45     (51  755     5,497    (1,556  (553  447     3,835  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income

   1,057     818     237     37    2,149  

Net income (loss)

   (8,133  (2,886  (945  1,003     (10,961
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   837     598     17     (7  1,445     (8,357  (3,110  (1,168  780     (11,855
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted

  $0.28    $0.20    $0.01    $0.00   $0.49    $(2.82 $(1.05 $(0.40 $0.26    $(4.01
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not required.

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

   Page 

Management’s Report Regarding the Effectiveness of Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

40

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

41

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   42  

Consolidated StatementsReport of OperationsIndependent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   43  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

44

Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsOperations

   45  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ EquityComprehensive Income (Loss)

  ��47  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

48

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

50

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   4951  

To the Shareholders

  March 201225, 2014

First National Corporation

  

Strasburg, Virginia

  

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT REGARDING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF INTERNAL CONTROLS

OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of First National Corporation (the Corporation)Company) is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the financial statements included in the annual report as of December 31, 2011.2013. The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and reflect management’s judgments and estimates concerning the effects of events and transactions that are accounted for or disclosed.

Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective internal control structure over financial reporting. The Corporation’sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the Corporation’sCompany’s ability to record, process, summarize and report reliable financial data. The internal control system contains monitoring mechanisms, and appropriate actions are taken to correct identified deficiencies. Management believes that internal controls over financial reporting, which are subject to scrutiny by management and the Corporation’sCompany’s internal auditor, support the integrity and reliability of the financial statements. Management recognizes that there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control system, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of internal controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. In addition, because of changes in conditions and circumstances, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

In order to insure that the Corporation’sCompany’s internal control structure over financial reporting is effective, management assessed these controls as they conformed to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and related call report instructions as of December 31, 2011.2013. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework”Framework (1992)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission.Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management believes that the CorporationCompany maintained effective internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.2013. Management’s assessment did not determine any material weakness within the Corporation’sCompany’s internal control structure. The Corporation’sCompany’s annual report does not include an attestation report of the Corporation’sCompany’s registered public accounting firm, Yount, Hyde & Barbour. P.C. (YHB), regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’ report was not subject to attestation by YHB pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the CorporationCompany to provide only management’s report in its annual report.

The 20112013 end of year financial statements have been audited by the independent accounting firm of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. (YHB). Personnel from YHB were given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and Committees thereof.

Management believes that all representations made to the independent auditors were valid and appropriate. The resulting report from YHB accompanies the financial statements.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation,Company, acting through its Audit and Compliance Committee (the Committee), is responsible for the oversight of the Corporation’sCompany’s accounting policies, financial reporting and internal control. The Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors is comprised entirely of outside directors who are independent of management. The Audit and Compliance Committee is responsible for the appointment and compensation of the independent auditors and approves decisions regarding the appointment or removal of members of the internal audit function. The Committee meets periodically with management, the independent auditors, and the internal auditor to insure that they are carrying out their responsibilities. The Committee is also responsible for performing an oversight role by reviewing and monitoring the financial, accounting, and auditing procedures of the CorporationCompany in addition to reviewing the Corporation’sCompany’s financial reports. The independent auditors and the internal auditor have full and unlimited access to the Audit and Compliance Committee, with or without the presence of the management of the Corporation,Company, to discuss the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, and any other matters which they believe should be brought to the attention of the Audit and Compliance Committee.

 

/s/ Scott C. Harvard

  

/s/ M. Shane Bell

Scott C. Harvard  M. Shane Bell
President  Executive Vice President
Chief Executive Officer  Chief Financial Officer

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

First National Corporation

Strasburg, Virginia

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First National Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First National Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009,2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Winchester, Virginia

March 28, 2012

Winchester, Virginia
March 25, 2014

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 20112013 and 20102012

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

  2011   2010   2013 2012 

Assets

       

Cash and due from banks

  $6,314    $5,048    $5,767   $7,266  

Interest-bearing deposits in banks

   23,210     10,949     25,741   23,762  

Federal funds sold

   —       7,500  

Securities available for sale, at fair value

   91,665     60,420     103,301   89,456  

Restricted securities, at cost

   2,775     3,153     1,804   1,974  

Loans held for sale

   274     271     —     503  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses, 2011, $12,937, 2010, $16,036

   379,503     418,994  

Other real estate owned, net of valuation allowance, 2011, $2,792, 2010, $3,341

   6,374     3,961  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses, 2013, $10,644, 2012, $13,075

   346,449   370,519  

Other real estate owned, net of valuation allowance, 2013, $1,665, 2012, $2,174

   3,030   5,590  

Premises and equipment, net

   19,598     20,302     16,642   18,589  

Accrued interest receivable

   1,620     1,667     1,302   1,459  

Bank owned life insurance

   10,978   10,609  

Other assets

   7,731     12,364     7,876   2,970  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total assets

  $539,064    $544,629    $522,890   $532,697  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity

       

Liabilities

       

Deposits:

       

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  $81,714    $78,964    $92,901   $85,118  

Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits

   198,194     178,685     234,054    221,601  

Time deposits

   189,264     205,851     123,756    160,198  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total deposits

  $469,172    $463,500    $450,711   $466,917  

Other borrowings

   19,100     20,122     6,052    6,076  

Trust preferred capital notes

   9,279     9,279     9,279    9,279  

Accrued interest and other liabilities

   4,417     3,230  

Commitments and contingencies

   —       —    

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

   3,288    5,536  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

  $501,968    $496,131    $469,330   $487,808  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

       

Preferred stock, $1,000 liquidation preference; 14,595 shares issued and outstanding

  $14,263    $14,127  

Common stock, par value $1.25 per share; authorized 8,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 2011, 2,955,649 shares, 2010, 2,948,901 shares

   3,695     3,686  

Preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference; authorized 1,000,000 shares; 14,595 shares issued and outstanding, net of discount

  $14,564   $14,409  

Common stock, par value $1.25 per share; authorized 8,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 2013 and 2012, 4,901,464 shares

   6,127    6,127  

Surplus

   1,644     1,582     6,813    6,813  

Retained earnings

   16,503     28,969     27,360    18,399  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net

   991     134  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

   (1,304  (859
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

  $37,096    $48,498    $53,560   $44,889  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $539,064    $544,629    $522,890   $532,697  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Three Years Ended December 31, 20112013

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

  2011   2010 2009   2013 2012   2011 

Interest and Dividend Income

          

Interest and fees on loans

  $22,907    $24,874   $24,691    $18,844   $21,062    $22,907  

Interest on federal funds sold

   18     2    5     —     12     18  

Interest on deposits in banks

   18     15    1     61   30     18  

Interest and dividends on securities available for sale:

          

Taxable interest

   2,152     1,722    2,092     1,870   1,924     2,152  

Tax-exempt interest

   483     541    576     307   327     483  

Dividends

   70     61    49     75   77     70  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

  $25,648    $27,215   $27,414    $21,157   $23,432    $25,648  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Interest Expense

          

Interest on deposits

  $4,843    $5,903   $7,753    $2,368   $3,707    $4,843  

Interest on federal funds purchased

   —       12    37  

Interest on trust preferred capital notes

   386     439    470     222    238     386  

Interest on other borrowings

   221     460    824     119    222     221  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total interest expense

  $5,450    $6,814   $9,084    $2,709   $4,167    $5,450  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net interest income

  $20,198    $20,401   $18,330    $18,448   $19,265    $20,198  

Provision for loan losses

   12,380     11,731    2,300  

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses

   (425  3,555     12,380 ��
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

  $7,818    $8,670   $16,030  

Net interest income after provision for (recovery of) loan losses

  $18,873   $15,710    $7,818  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Noninterest Income

          

Service charges on deposit accounts

  $2,237    $2,618   $2,539    $2,204   $2,127    $2,237  

ATM and check card fees

   1,535     1,432    1,196     1,425    1,481     1,535  

Trust and investment advisory fees

   1,407     1,244    1,126  

Wealth management fees

   1,696    1,450     1,407  

Fees for other customer services

   369     327    333     391    390     369  

Net gains (losses) on sale of securities available for sale

   59     (7  10  

Net gains on sale of premises and equipment

   —       —      9  

Income from bank owned life insurance

   358    14     —    

Net gains on sale of securities available for sale

   —      1,285     59  

Net gains on sale of loans

   131     263    210     193    214     131  

Gain on termination of postretirement benefit

   543    —       —    

Other operating income

   61     205    154     121    211     61  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total noninterest income

  $5,799    $6,082   $5,577    $6,931   $7,172    $5,799  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Continued)

Three years ended December 31, 20112013

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

  2011 2010 2009   2013 2012 2011 

Noninterest Expense

        

Salaries and employee benefits

  $9,460   $9,080   $8,697    $10,528   $9,590   $9,460  

Occupancy

   1,354    1,389    1,348     1,282   1,343   1,354  

Equipment

   1,272    1,372    1,416     1,208   1,208   1,272  

Marketing

   425    503    532     345   430   425  

Stationery and supplies

   323    375    507     288   308   323  

Legal and professional fees

   969    802    880     975   975   969  

ATM and check card fees

   661    827    734     668   649   661  

FDIC assessment

   768    730    973     884   709   768  

Bank franchise tax

   416    426    331     279   260   416  

Telecommunications expense

   300    289    265     283   245   300  

Data processing expense

   306    256    263     376   347   306  

Other real estate owned expense

   572    242    156  

Provision for other real estate owned

   1,558    2,640    994  

Net losses on sale of other real estate owned

   910    19    —    

Other real estate owned expense, net

   1,115   1,355   3,040  

Net (gain) loss on disposal of premises and equipment

   601   (2  —    

Loss on lease termination

   263    —      —    

Other operating expense

   1,449    1,611    1,607     1,655   1,700   1,449  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total noninterest expense

  $20,743   $20,561   $18,703    $20,750   $19,117   $20,743  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

  $(7,126 $(5,809 $2,904  

Income (loss) before income taxes

  $5,054   $3,765   $(7,126

Income tax provision (benefit)

   3,835    (2,206  755     (4,820  965    3,835  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $(10,961 $(3,603 $2,149  

Net income (loss)

  $9,874   $2,800   $(10,961
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Effective dividend and accretion on preferred stock

   894    887    704     913    904    894  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders

  $(11,855 $(4,490 $1,445  

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $8,961   $1,896   $(11,855
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

(Loss) earnings per common share, basic and diluted

  $(4.01 $(1.53 $0.49  

Earnings (loss) per common share, basic and diluted

  $1.83   $0.48   $(4.01
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsComprehensive Income (Loss)

Three years ended December 31, 20112013

(in thousands)

 

   2011  2010  2009 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

    

Net income (loss)

  $(10,961 $(3,603 $2,149  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   1,184    1,225    1,274  

Origination of loans held for sale

   (8,408  (16,371  (16,795

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

   8,536    16,573    16,795  

Net gains on sales of loans

   (131  (263  (210

Provision for loan losses

   12,380    11,731    2,300  

Provision for other real estate owned

   1,558    2,640    994  

Net (gains) losses on sale of securities available for sale

   (59  7    (10

Net gains on sale of premises and equipment

   —      —      (9

Net losses on sale of other real estate owned

   910    19    —    

Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on securities, net

   511    330    237  

Compensation expense for ESOP shares allocated

   —      42    190  

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

   6,442    (3,986  (1,850

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Decrease in interest receivable

   47    43    53  

(Increase) decrease in other assets

   (1,186  435    (1,611

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

   (387  (1,521  788  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $10,436   $7,301   $4,295  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

    

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

  $3,532   $1,509   $—    

Proceeds from sale of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

   378    273    2,070  

Proceeds from maturities, calls, and principal payments of securities available for sale

   23,176    12,716    15,269  

Purchases of securities available for sale

   (56,690  (15,278  (19,653

Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

   —      —      (2,049

(Increase) decrease in federal funds sold

   7,500    (7,500  —    

Purchase of premises and equipment

   (472  (379  (1,116

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

   —      —      225  

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

   3,321    2,506    187  

Net decrease in loans

   18,994    2,539    4,756  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  $(261 $(3,614 $(311
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2013  2012  2011 

Net income (loss)

  $9,874   $2,800   $(10,961

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities

  $(2,899 $(111 $2,248  

Reclassification adjustment

   —      (1,285  (59

Pension liability adjustment

   2,454    (454  (1,332
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  $(445 $(1,850 $857  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $9,429   $950   $(10,104
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Three years ended December 31, 2013

(in thousands)

   2013  2012  2011 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

    

Net income (loss)

  $9,874   $2,800   $(10,961

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   1,011    1,110    1,184  

Origination of loans held for sale

   (2,567  (8,627  (8,408

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

   3,263    8,612    8,536  

Net gains on sales of loans

   (193  (214  (131

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses

   (425  3,555    12,380  

Provision for other real estate owned

   1,055    1,190    1,558  

Net gains on sale of securities available for sale

   —      (1,285  (59

Net (gains) losses on sale of other real estate owned

   (90  (278  910  

Income from bank owned life insurance

   (358  (14  —    

Gain on termination of postretirement benefit

   (543  —      —    

Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on securities, net

   859    885    511  

Net (gain) loss on disposal of premises and equipment

   601    (2  —    

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

   (4,776  —      6,442  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Decrease in interest receivable

   157    161    47  

(Increase) decrease in other assets

   153    3,620    (1,186

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

   660    705    (387
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $8,681   $12,218   $10,436  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

    

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

  $1,850   $26,158   $3,532  

Proceeds from redemption of restricted securities

   170    831    378  

Proceeds from maturities, calls, and principal payments of securities available for sale

   22,037    29,121    23,176  

Purchases of securities available for sale

   (42,073  (54,096  (56,690

Purchases of restricted securities

   —      (30  —    

Decrease in federal funds sold

   —      —      7,500  

Purchase of premises and equipment

   (548  (553  (472

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

   2    2    —    

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

   3,618    5,438    3,321  

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

   —      (9,000  —    

Net (increase) decrease in loans

   23,731    (149  18,994  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  $8,787   $(2,278 $(261
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Continued)

Three years ended December 31, 20112013

(in thousands)

 

  2011 2010 2009   2013 2012 2011 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

        

Net increase in demand deposits and savings accounts

  $22,259   $30,492   $13,043    $20,236   $26,811   $22,259  

Net increase (decrease) in time deposits

   (16,587  (30,878  3,350  

Net decrease in time deposits

   (36,442 (29,066 (16,587

Proceeds from other borrowings

   42,002    23,602    46,000     —     2   42,002  

Principal payments on other borrowings

   (43,024  (23,666  (71,211   (24 (13,026 (43,024

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

   —      —      13,900  

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

   —     7,601    —    

Cash dividends paid on common stock

   (540  (1,433  (1,529   —      —     (540

Cash dividends paid on preferred stock

   (758  (758  (509   (758 (758 (758

Shares issued to leveraged ESOP

   —      (26  (85

Decrease in federal funds purchased

   —      —      (2,456
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  $3,352   $(2,667 $503    $(16,988 $(8,436 $3,352  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $13,527   $1,020   $4,487    $480   $1,504   $13,527  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

   15,997    14,977    10,490     31,028    29,524    15,997  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $29,524   $15,997   $14,977    $31,508   $31,028   $29,524  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

        

Cash payments for:

        

Interest

  $5,635   $7,088   $9,381    $2,818   $4,247   $5,635  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income taxes

  $—     $3,671   $515    $310   $1,010   $—    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Noncash Transactions

        

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

  $1,715   $(425 $1,181    $(3,482 $1,396   $1,715  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Change in pension liability

  $(2,364 $454   $898  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Transfer from loans to other real estate owned

  $8,117   $2,865   $3,142    $764   $5,578   $8,117  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Change in pension liability

  $898   $379   $(1,101

Transfer from premises and equipment to other real estate owned

  $881   $—     $—    
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Transfer from other assets to other real estate owned

  $391   $—     $—    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Issuance of common stock dividend reinvestment plan

  $71   $212   $105    $—     $—     $71  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Three years ended December 31, 20112013

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Surplus  Retained
Earnings
  Unearned
ESOP
Shares
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total 

Balance, December 31, 2008

 $—     $3,653   $1,409   $35,196   $(232 $(841  $39,185  

Comprehensive income:

        

Net income

  —      —      —      2,149    —      —     $2,149    2,149  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

        

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period (net of tax, $405)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      786   

Reclassification adjustment (net of tax, $3)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (7 

Pension liability adjustment (net of tax, $374)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      727   
       

 

 

  

Other comprehensive income (net of tax, $776)

  —      —      —      —      —      1,506   $1,506    1,506  
       

 

 

  

Total comprehensive income

       $3,655   
       

 

 

  

Shares acquired by leveraged ESOP

  —      —      (85  —      190    —       105  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.56 per share)

  —      —      —      (1,634  —      —       (1,634

Issuance of 8,861 shares common stock, dividend reinvestment plan

  —      11    94    —      —      —       105  

Issuance of 13,900 shares of preferred stock

  13,900    —      —      —      —      —       13,900  

Cash dividends on preferred stock

  —      —      —      (509  —      —       (509

Accretion on preferred stock discount

  98    —      —      (98  —      —       —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 $13,998   $3,664   $1,418   $35,104   $(42 $665    $54,807  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
       Preferred    
Stock
       Common    
Stock
       Surplus           Retained    
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
  Comprehensive  
Income
         Total       

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $14,127    $3,686    $1,582    $28,969   $134    $48,498  

Net loss

   —       —       —       (10,961  —       (10,961

Other comprehensive income

   —       —       —       —      857     857  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.20 per share)

   —       —       —       (611  —       (611

Issuance of 6,748 shares common stock, dividend reinvestment plan

   —       9     62     —      —       71  

Cash dividends on preferred stock

   —       —       —       (758  —       (758

Accretion on preferred stock discount

   136     —       —       (136  —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $14,263    $3,695    $1,644    $16,503   $991    $37,096  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Surplus  Retained
Earnings
  Unearned
ESOP
Shares
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 $13,998   $3,664   $1,418   $35,104   $(42 $665    $54,807  

Comprehensive loss:

        

Net loss

  —      —      —      (3,603  —      —     $(3,603  (3,603

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

        

Unrealized holding losses arising during the period (net of tax, $146)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (286 

Reclassification adjustment (net of tax, $2)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      5   

Pension liability adjustment (net of tax, $129)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (250 
       

 

 

  

Other comprehensive loss (net of tax, $273)

  —      —      —      —      —      (531 $(531  (531
       

 

 

  

Total comprehensive loss

       $(4,134 
       

 

 

  

Shares acquired by leveraged ESOP

  —      —      (26  —      42    —       16  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.56 per share)

  —      —      —      (1,645  —      —       (1,645

Issuance of 17,180 shares common stock, dividend reinvestment plan

  —      22    190    —      —      —       212  

Cash dividends on preferred stock

  —      —      —      (758  —      —       (758

Accretion on preferred stock discount

  129    —      —      (129  —      —       —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

 $14,127   $3,686   $1,582   $28,969   $—     $134    $48,498  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(Continued)

Three years ended December 31, 2011

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

       Preferred    
Stock
       Common    
Stock
       Surplus           Retained    
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
  Comprehensive  
Income (Loss)
        Total       

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $14,263    $3,695    $1,644    $16,503   $991   $37,096  

Net income

   —       —       —       2,800    —      2,800  

Other comprehensive loss

   —       —       —       —      (1,850  (1,850

Issuance of common stock, net of offering costs

   —       2,432     5,169     —      —      7,601  

Cash dividends on preferred stock

   —       —       —       (758  —      (758

Accretion on preferred stock discount

   146     —       —       (146  —      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $14,409    $6,127    $6,813    $18,399   $(859 $44,889  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

   Preferred
Stock
   Common
Stock
   Surplus   Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total 

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $14,127    $3,686    $1,582    $28,969   $134     $48,498  

Comprehensive loss:

            

Net loss

   —       —       —       (10,961  —      $(10,961  (10,961

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

            

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period

   —       —       —       —      —       1,774   

Reclassification adjustment

   —       —       —       —      —       (59 

Pension liability adjustment

   —       —       —       —      —       (898 

Deferred tax adjustment

   —       —       —       —      —       40   
           

 

 

  

Other comprehensive income

   —       —       —       —      857    $857    857  
           

 

 

  

Total comprehensive loss

           $(10,104 
           

 

 

  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.20 per share)

   —       —       —       (611  —        (611

Issuance of 6,748 shares common stock, dividend reinvestment plan

   —       9     62     —      —        71  

Cash dividends on preferred stock

   —       —       —       (758  —        (758

Accretion on preferred stock discount

   136     —       —       (136  —        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $14,263    $3,695    $1,644    $16,503   $991     $37,096  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 
       Preferred    
Stock
       Common    
Stock
       Surplus           Retained    
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
  Comprehensive  
Loss
        Total       

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $14,409    $6,127    $6,813    $18,399   $(859 $44,889  

Net income

   —       —       —       9,874    —      9,874  

Other comprehensive loss

   —       —       —       —      (445  (445

Cash dividends on preferred stock

   —       —       —       (758  —      (758

Accretion on preferred stock discount

   155     —       —       (155  —      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

  $14,564    $6,127    $6,813    $27,360   $(1,304 $53,560  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Nature of Banking Activities and Significant Accounting Policies

Note 1.Nature of Banking Activities and Significant Accounting Policies

First National Corporation (the Company) is the financialbank holding company of First Bank (the Bank), First National (VA) Statutory Trust II (Trust II) and First National (VA) Statutory Trust III (Trust III). The Trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities, commonly known as trust preferred securities. The Bank owns First Bank Financial Services, Inc., which invests in entities that provide title insurance and investment services. The Bank owns Shen-Valley Land Holdings, LLC which holds other real estate owned and future office sites.owned. The Bank provides commercialloan, deposit, wealth management and personal loans, residential mortgages, credit cards, a variety of depositother products and personal trust and investment services to its customers in the northern Shenandoah Valley region of Virginia. Loan products and services include personal loans, residential mortgages, home equity loans and commercial loans. Deposit products and services include checking, savings, NOW accounts, money market accounts, IRA accounts, certificates of deposit and cash management accounts. The Bank offers other services, including internet banking, mobile banking, remote deposit capture and other traditional banking services.

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to accepted practices within the banking industry.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of First National Corporation include the accounts of all fivesix companies. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation, except for balances and transactions related to the Trusts. The subordinated debt of these Trusts is reflected as a liability of the Company.

Use of Estimates

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, fair value,valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, andvaluation of other real estate owned.owned, pension obligations and other-than-temporary impairment of securities.

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located within the northern Shenandoah Valley region of Virginia. The types of lending that the Company engages in are included in Note 3. The Company does not have a significant concentration to any one customer.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company has defined cash equivalents as those amounts included in the balance sheet captions “Cash and due from banks” and “Interest-bearing deposits in banks.”

Securities

Investments in debt securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as either held to maturity, available for sale (AFS) or trading based on management’s intent. Currently, all of the Company’s debt securities are classified as AFS. Equity investments in the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and Community Bankers Bank are separately classified as restricted securities and are carried at cost. AFS securities are carried at estimated fair value with the corresponding unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains or losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date using the amortized cost of the specific security sold.

Impairment of securities occurs when the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost. For debt securities, impairment is considered other-than-temporary and recognized in its entirety in net income if either the Company (1) intends to sell the security or (2) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If, however, the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more-than-likely that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the Company must determine what portion of the impairment is attributable to a credit loss, which occurs when the amortized cost of the security exceeds the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security. If there is no credit loss, there is no other-than-temporary impairment. If there is a credit loss, other-than-temporary impairment exists, and the credit loss must be recognized in net income and the remaining portion of impairment must be recognized in other comprehensive income.

For equity securities carried at cost as restricted securities, impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary based on the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment until a recovery of fair value. Other-than-temporary impairment of an equity security results in a write-down that must be included in income.

The Company regularly reviews each security for other-than-temporary impairment based on criteria that include the extent to which costscost exceeds market price, the duration of that market decline, the financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer, the best estimate of the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from debt securities, the Company’s intention with regard to holding the security to maturity and the likelihood that the Company would be required to sell the security before recovery.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value. The Company, through its banking subsidiary, requires a firm purchase commitment from a permanent investor before loans held for sale can be closed, thus limiting interest rate risk. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

The Bank enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 30 to 60 days. The Bank protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the Bank commits to sell a loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on the loan. As a result, the Bank is not exposed to losses nor will it realize significant gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. The correlation between the rate lock commitments and the best efforts contracts is very high due to their similarity.

The market value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts is not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not actively traded in stand-alone markets. The Bank determines the fair value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts by measuring the change in the value of the underlying asset while taking into consideration the probability that the rate lock commitments will close. Because of the high correlation between rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts, no gain or loss occurs on the rate lock commitments.

Loans

The Company, through its banking subsidiary, grants mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers. The bank segments its loan portfolio into real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and consumer and other loans. Real estate loans are further divided into the following classes: Construction and Land Development; 1-4 Family Residential; and Other Real Estate Loans. Descriptions of the Company’s loan classes are as follows:

Commercial and Industrial Loans: Commercial loans are typically secured with non-real estate commercial property. The Company makes commercial loans primarily to businesses located within our market area.

Real Estate Loans – Construction and Land Development: The Company originates construction loans for the acquisition and development of land and construction of condominiums, townhomes, and one-to-four family residences.

Real Estate Loans – 1-4 Family: This class of loans includes loans secured by one to fourone-to-four family homes. Typically,In addition to traditional residential mortgage loans secured by a first or junior lien on the property, the Bank originates fixed rate mortgage loans with the intent to sell to correspondent lenders. Depending on the financial goalsoffers home equity lines of the Company, the Bank occasionally originates and retains these loans.credit.

Real Estate Loans – Other: This loan class consists primarily of loans secured by various types of commercial real estate typically in the Bank’s market area, including multi-family residential buildings, commercial buildings and offices, hotels, small shopping centers, farms and churches.

Commercial and Industrial Loans: Commercial loans are typically secured with non-real estate commercial property. The Company makes commercial loans primarily to businesses located within its market area.

Consumer and Other Loans: Consumer loans include all loans made to individuals for consumer or personal purposes. They include new and used automobile loans, unsecured loans and lines of credit.

A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by residential and commercial loans secured by real estate throughout the northern Shenandoah Valley region of Virginia. The ability of the Bank’s debtors to honor their contracts may be impacted by the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances less the allowance for loan losses and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued and credited to income based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.

A loan’s past due status is based on the contractual due date of the most delinquent payment due. Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier, if collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the collateral and the financial strength of the borrower. Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on accrual status if management determines it has adequate collateral to cover the principal and interest. For those loans that are carried on non-accrual status, payments are first applied to principal outstanding. A loan may be returned to accrual status if the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of repayment performance in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan and there is reasonable assurance the borrower will continue to make payments as agreed. These policies are applied consistently across the loan portfolio.

All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Any unsecured loan that is over 120 days past duedeemed uncollectible is charged-off in full. Any secured loan that is 120 days delinquent and is considered by management to be uncollectible is partially charged-off and carried at the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. This charge-off policy applies to all loan segments.

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value (net of selling costs), and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Additionally, management’s policy is to evaluatemanagement generally evaluates substandard and doubtful loans greater than $500$250 thousand for impairment. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair market value of the collateral, net of selling costs, if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company typically does not separately identify individual consumer, residential and certain small commercial loans that are less than $500$250 thousand for impairment disclosures, except for troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) as noted below.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR)

In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial condition, management may grant a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a TDR. TDRs are considered impaired loans. Upon designation as a TDR, the Company evaluates the borrower’s payment history, past due status and ability to make payments based on the revised terms of the loan. If a loan was accruing prior to being modified as a TDR and

if the Company concludes that the borrower is able to make such payments, and there are no other factors or circumstances that would cause it to conclude otherwise, the loan will remain on an accruing status. If a loan was on non-accrual status at the time of the TDR, the loan will remain on non-accrual status following the modification and may be returned to accrual status based on the policy for returning loans to accrual status as noted above. There were $11.4$1.9 million and $14.4$6.3 million in loans classified as TDRs as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management determines that the loan balance is uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. For further information about the Company’s loans and the allowance for loan losses, see Notes 3 and 4.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a quarterly basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance represents an amount that, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb any losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. Management’s judgment in determining the level of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectability of loans while taking into consideration such factors as trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay and the value of the collateral, overall portfolio quality and review of specific potential losses. The evaluation also considers the following risk characteristics of each loan portfolio class:

 

Residential1-4 family residential mortgage loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and changes in the value of the collateral.

Real estate construction and land development loans carry risks that the project may not be finished according to schedule, the project may not be finished according to budget and the value of the collateral may, at any point in time, be less than the principal amount of the loan. Construction loans also bear the risk that the general contractor, who may or may not bybe a loan customer, may be unable to finish the construction project as planned because of financial pressure or other factors unrelated to the project.

 

CommercialOther real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans carry risks associated with the successful operation of a business or a real estate project, in addition to other risks associated with the ownership of real estate, because repayment of these loans may be dependent upon the profitability and cash flows of the business or project. In addition, there is risk associated with the value of collateral other than real estate which may depreciate over time and cannot be appraised with as much reliability.

 

Consumer and other loans carry risk associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and the value of the collateral, i.e. rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles, or lack thereof. Consumer loans are more likely than real estate loans to be immediately adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy, or other changes in circumstances.

The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired, and is established when the discounted cash flows, collateral value or observable market price of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. For collateral dependent loans, an updated appraisal will beis ordered if a current one is not on file. Appraisals are performed by independent third-party appraisers with relevant industry experience. Adjustments to the appraised value may be made based on recent sales of like properties or general market conditions among other considerations.

The general component relates tocovers loans that are not considered impaired. These unimpaired loans are segregatedimpaired and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. The historical loss experience is calculated by loan segmenttype and allowanceuses an average loss rate during the preceding twelve quarters. The qualitative factors are assigned by management based on a three-year loss history, delinquencies and asset quality, national and local economic trends, effects of the changes in the value of underlying collateral, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in lending policy, the experience and depth of management, concentrations of credit, quality of the loan review system and the effect of external factors such as competition and regulatory requirements. The factors assigned differ by loan segment.type. The general component acknowledges potentialallowance estimates losses whose impact on the portfolio has yet to be recognized by a specific allowance. Allowance factors and the overall size of the allowance may change from period to period based on management’s assessment of the above described factors and the relative weights given to each factor.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Premises and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives ranging from three years to forty years; leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective leases or the estimated useful life of the leasehold improvement, whichever is less. Software is amortized over its estimated useful life ranging from three to seven years. Depreciation and amortization are recorded on the straight-line method.

Costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Costs of replacing structural parts of major units are considered individually and are expensed or capitalized as the facts dictate. Gains and losses on routine dispositions are reflected in current operations.

Other Real Estate Owned

AssetsOther real estate owned (OREO) consists of properties obtained through a foreclosure proceeding or through an in-substance foreclosure in satisfaction of loans and properties originally acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recordedbranch expansion but no longer intended to be used for that purpose. OREO is reported at the lower of cost or fair value less costcosts to sell, atdetermined on the datebasis of foreclosure. Subsequentcurrent appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of fair value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs. Management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in absorption rates or market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering management’s plans for disposition, which could result in adjustments to foreclosure, valuationsthe collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals. Significant judgments and complex estimates are periodically performed by managementrequired in estimating the fair value of other real estate, and the assets are carried atperiod of time within which such estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility. In response to market conditions and other economic factors, management may utilize liquidation sales as part of its distressed asset disposition strategy. As a result of the lower of carrying amount orsignificant judgments required in estimating fair value less costand the variables involved in different methods of disposition, the net proceeds realized from sales transactions could differ significantly from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used to sell.determine the fair value of other real estate. Management reviews the value of other real estate each quarter and adjusts the values as appropriate. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from other real estate owned.owned expenses.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Company owns insurance on the lives of a certain group of key employees. The policies were purchased to help offset the increase in the costs of various fringe benefit plans, including healthcare. The cash surrender value of these policies is included as an asset on the consolidated balance sheets, and any increase in cash surrender value is recorded as other income on the consolidated statements of operations. In the event of the death of an insured individual under these policies, the Company would receive a death benefit which would be recorded as other income.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets, including loan participations, are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before maturity.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes”. Under this guidance, deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that will apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. See Note 10 for details on the Company’s income taxes.

The Company regularly reviews the carrying amount of its net deferred tax assets to determine if the establishment of a valuation allowance is necessary. If based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the Company’s net deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods, a deferred tax valuation allowance would be established. Consideration is given to various positive and negative factors that could affect the realization of the deferred tax

assets. In evaluating this available evidence, management considers, among other things, historical performance, expectations of future earnings, the ability to carry back losses to recoup taxes previously paid, length of statutory carry forward periods, experience with utilization of operating loss and tax credit carry forwards not expiring, tax planning strategies and timing of reversals of temporary differences. Significant judgment is required in assessing future earnings trends and the timing of reversals of temporary differences. The Company’s evaluation is based on current tax laws as well as management’s expectations of future performance.

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. There was no liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, are classified as additional income taxes in the consolidated statement of operations.

Trust and AssetWealth Management Department

Securities and other property held by the Trust and AssetWealth Management Department in a fiduciary or agency capacity are not assets of the Company and are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share represents income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. There are no potential common shares that would have a dilutive effect. Shares not committed to be released under the Company’s leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) are not considered to be outstanding. See Note 12 for further information on the Company’s ESOP. The average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per common share were 2,953,344, 2,939,5614,901,464, 3,944,506 and 2,921,1292,953,344 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 2009,2011, respectively.

Advertising Costs

The Company follows the policy of charging the production costs of advertising to expense as incurred. Total advertising expense incurred for 2013, 2012 and 2011 2010was $269 thousand, $364 thousand and 2009 was $368 thousand, $398 thousandrespectively.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains, and $442 thousand, respectively.losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and pension liability adjustments, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income (loss).

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period balances to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications were immaterial.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010,February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)FASB issued ASU 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures2013-02, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 820)220): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements.Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.The amendments in this ASU 2010-06 amends Subtopic 820-10require an entity to clarify existing disclosures, require new disclosures, and includes conforming amendments to guidancepresent (either on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. ASU 2010-06the face of the statement where net income is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlementspresented or in the roll forwardnotes) the effects on the line items of activitynet income of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. In addition, the amendments require a cross-reference

to other disclosures currently required for other reclassification items to be reclassified directly to net income in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effectivetheir entirety in the same reporting period. Companies should apply these amendments for fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Receivables (Topic 310) - Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.” The new disclosure guidance will significantly expand the existing requirements and will lead to greater transparency into a company’s exposure to credit losses from lending arrangements. The extensive new disclosures of information as of the end of a reporting period became effective for both interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010.

Specific disclosures regarding activity that occurred before the issuance of the ASU, such as the allowance roll forward and modification disclosures were required for periodsyears, beginning on or after December 15, 2010.2012. The Company has included the required disclosures from ASU 2013-02 in itsthe consolidated financial statements.

The Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Final Rule No. 33-9002, “Interactive Data to Improve Financial Reporting.” The rule requires companies to submit financial statements in extensible business reporting language (XBRL) format with their SEC filings on a phased-in schedule. Large accelerated filers and foreign large accelerated filers using U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) were required to provide interactive data reports starting with their first quarterly report for fiscal periods ending on or after June 15, 2010. All remaining filers were required to provide interactive data reports starting with their first quarterly report for fiscal periods ending on or after June 15, 2011. The Company has submitted financial statements in XBRL format with their SEC filings in accordance with the phased-in schedule. The interactive data reports have been included in this Annual Report as Exhibit 101.

In January 2011,July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2011-01, “Receivables2013-11, “Income Taxes (Topic 310) – Deferral740): Presentation of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings.an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The amendments in this ASU temporarily delayedUpdate provide guidance on the effectivefinancial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward exists. An unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the disclosures about troubled debt restructurings in Update 2010-20 for public entities. The delay was intendedapplicable jurisdiction to allowsettle any additional income taxes that would result from the Board time to complete its deliberations on what constitutesdisallowance of a troubled debt restructuring. The effective datetax position or the tax law of the new disclosures about troubled debt restructurings for public entitiesapplicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the guidanceentity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring was effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2011. The Company has adopted ASU 2011-01 and includedsuch purpose, the required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2011, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 114. This SAB revises or rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance includedunrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the codification of the Staff Accounting Bulletin Series. This update is intended to make the relevant interpretive guidance consistent with current authoritative accounting guidance issuedfinancial statements as a part of the FASB’s Codification. The principal changes involve revision or removal of accounting guidance referencesliability and other conforming changes to ensure consistency of referencing through the SAB Series. The effective date for SAB 114 is March 28, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance didshould not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.”be combined with deferred tax assets. The amendments in this ASU clarify the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession to a debtor. They also clarify the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulty. The amendments in this Update are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. Retrospective application to the beginning of the annual period of adoption for modifications occurring on or after the beginning of the annual adoption period is required. As a result of applying these amendments, an entity may identify receivables that are newly considered to be impaired. For purposes of measuring impairment of those receivables, an entity should apply the amendments prospectively for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The Company has adopted ASU 2011-02 and included the required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.” This ASU is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and IASB to develop a single, converged fair value framework on how (not when) to measure fair value and what disclosures to provide about fair value measurements. The ASU is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP (Topic 820), with many of the amendments made to eliminate unnecessary wording differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 with prospective application. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-04 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” The objective of this ASU is to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income by eliminating the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments require that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The single statement of comprehensive income should include the components of net income, a total for net income, the components of other comprehensive income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for comprehensive income. In the two-statement approach, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed consecutively by a second statement that should present all the components of other comprehensive income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for comprehensive income. The amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income, the option for an entity to present components of other comprehensive income either net of related tax effects or before related tax effects, or the calculation or reporting of earnings per share. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively. The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011.2013. Early adoption is permitted because compliance with the amendments is already permitted. The amendments doshould be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Retrospective application is permitted. The adoption of the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).” The amendments in this ASU clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require transition disclosures.interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-052014-04 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2011, the SEC issued Final Rule No. 33-9250, “Technical Amendments to Commission Rules and Forms related to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification.” The SEC has adopted technical amendments to various rules and forms under the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Investment Company Act of 1940. These revisions were necessary to conform those rules and forms to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The technical amendments include revision of certain rules in Regulation S-X, certain items in Regulation S-K, and various rules and forms prescribed under the Securities Act, Exchange Act and Investment Company Act. The Release was effective as of August 12, 2011. The adoption of the release did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210) – Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” This ASU requires entities to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the balance sheet and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” The amendments are being made to allow the Board time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. While the Board is considering the operational concerns about the presentation requirements for reclassification adjustments and the needs of financial statement users for additional information about reclassification adjustments, entities should continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU 2011-05. All other requirements in ASU 2011-05 are not affected by ASU 2011-12, including the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous financial statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. Public entities should apply these requirements for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Securities

Note 2.Securities

The Company invests in U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions and corporate equity securities and restricted securities. Restricted securities include required equity investments in certain correspondent banks which have no readily determinable market value. Amortized costs and fair values of securities available for sale at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012 were as follows:

 

   2011 
   (in thousands) 
   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
  Fair
Value
 

U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities

  $76,549    $2,343    $(16 $78,876  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   11,895     781     —      12,676  

Corporate equity securities

   26     87     —      113  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $88,470    $3,211    $(16 $91,665  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

  2010   2013 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
 Fair
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
  Unrealized  
(Losses)
 Fair
Value
 

U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities

  $45,627    $1,508    $(211 $46,924    $86,365    $670    $(2,138 $84,897  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   13,290     225     (214  13,301     18,647     350     (598 18,399  

Corporate equity securities

   23     172     —      195     1     4     —     5  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 
  $58,940    $1,905    $(425 $60,420    $105,013    $1,024    $(2,736 $103,301  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

   2012 
   (in thousands) 
   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
  Unrealized  
(Losses)
  Fair
Value
 

U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities

  $72,129    $1,325    $(236 $73,218  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   15,556     762     (83  16,235  

Corporate equity securities

   1     2     —      3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $  87,686    $2,089    $(319 $  89,456  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

At December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, investments in an unrealized loss position that are temporarily impaired were as follows:

 

$0,000,000$0,000,000$0,000,000$0,000,000$0,000,000$0,000,000
  2011   2013 
  (in thousands)     (in thousands)   
  Less than 12 months 12 months or more   Total   Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total 
  Fair
    Value    
       Unrealized    
(Loss)
 Fair
Value
   Unrealized
(Loss)
   Fair
Value
   Unrealized
(Loss)
   Fair
  Value  
     Unrealized  
(Loss)
 Fair
    Value    
     Unrealized  
(Loss)
 Fair
  Value  
     Unrealized  
(Loss)
 

U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities

  $3,955    $(16 $—      $—      $3,955    $(16  $49,810    $(1,755 $10,180    $(383 $59,990    $(2,138

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   —       —      —       —       —       —       7,165     (422 2,663     (176 9,828     (598
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 
  $3,955    $(16 $—      $—      $3,955    $(16  $56,975    $(2,177 $12,843    $(559 $69,818    $(2,736
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

$0,000,000$0,000,000$0,000,000$0,000,000$0,000,000$0,000,000
  2010   2012 
  (in thousands)     (in thousands)     
  Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total   Less than 12 months 12 months or more   Total 
  Fair
    Value    
       Unrealized    
(Loss)
 Fair
Value
   Unrealized
(Loss)
 Fair
Value
   Unrealized
(Loss)
   Fair
  Value  
     Unrealized  
(Loss)
 Fair
    Value    
     Unrealized  
(Loss)
   Fair
  Value  
     Unrealized  
(Loss)
 

U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities

  $11,286    $(211 $—      $—     $11,286    $(211  $19,612    $(236 $—      $—      $19,612    $(236

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   2,923     (128  893     (86  3,816     (214   4,287     (83  —       —       4,287     (83
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $14,209    $(339 $893    $(86 $15,102    $(425  $23,899    $(319 $—      $—      $23,899    $(319
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The tables above provide information about securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve consecutive months and securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for twelve consecutive months or more. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Impairment is considered to be other-than temporary if the Company (1) intends to sell the security, (2) more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovering its cost, or (3) does not expect to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis. Presently, the Company does not intend to sell any of these securities, will not be required to sell these securities, and expects to recover the entire amortized cost of all the securities.

At December 31, 2011,2013, there were threeforty U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities and twenty-one obligations of states and political subdivisions in an unrealized loss position. One hundred percent of the Company’s investment portfolio is considered investment grade. The weighted-average re-pricing term of the portfolio was 3.34.5 years at December 31, 2011.2013. At December 31, 2012, there were twelve U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities and nine obligations of states and political subdivisions in an unrealized loss position. The weighted-average re-pricing term of the portfolio was 3.6 years at December 31, 2012. The change in the unrealized gains and losses from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 in the U.S. Agency and mortgage-backed securities portfolio and the obligation of states and political subdivisions portfolio was related to changes in market interest rates and not credit concerns of the issuers.

The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 20112013 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Corporate equity securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following maturity summary because they do not have a stated maturity date.

 

  (in thousands) 
  (in thousands)   Amortized   Fair 
  Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   Cost   Value 

Due within one year

  $300    $300    $899    $923  

Due after one year through five years

   3,619     3,789     5,301     5,329  

Due after five years through ten years

   10,790     11,418     20,353     19,901  

Due after ten years

   73,735     76,045     78,459     77,143  

Corporate equity securities

   26     113     1     5  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $88,470    $91,665    $105,013    $103,301  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of securities available for sale during 2013, 2012 and 2011 2010 and 2009 were $14.9$4.6 million, $4.4$36.3 million and $6.0$14.9 million, respectively. Gross gains of $65 thousand, $13 thousand$1.3 million and $10$65 thousand were realized on those sales during 2012 and 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were no gross gains realized in 2013. Gross losses of $6 thousand and $20 thousand were realized on those sales during 20112011. There were no gross losses realized in 2013 and 2010, respectively.2012.

Securities having a book value of $25.3$3.1 million and $26.5$24.0 million at December 31, 20112013 and 20102012 were pledged to secure other borrowings, public deposits and for other purposes required by law.

The Company’s investment in FHLBFederal Home Loan Bank, Federal Reserve Bank and Community Bankers’ Bank stock totaled $1.9 million at December 31, 2011. FHLB stock isare generally viewed as a long-term investmentinvestments and as a restricted security,securities, which isare carried at cost, because there is a minimal market for the stock. Therefore, when evaluating FHLB stockrestricted securities for impairment, itstheir value is based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The Company does not consider this investmentthese investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011,2013, and no impairment has been recognized. FHLB stock is shown in restrictedRestricted securities on the balance sheet and isare not part of the available for sale securities portfolio.

Note 3. LoansThe composition of restricted securities at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was as follows:

   (in thousands) 
   December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

  $908    $1,078  

Federal Reserve Bank stock

   846     846  

Community Bankers’ Bank stock

   50     50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $1,804    $1,974  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 3.Loans

Loans at December 31, 20112013 and 20102012 are summarized as follows:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  2011   2010   2013 2012 

Real estate loans:

       

Construction and land development

  $48,363    $52,591    $34,060   $43,524  

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   122,339     121,506     141,961   134,964  

Other real estate loans

   181,141     207,371  

Commercial and industrial

   29,446     40,683  

Other real estate

   145,968   174,220  

Commercial and industrial loans

   22,803   23,071  

Consumer and other loans

   11,151     12,879     12,301   7,815  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total loans

  $392,440    $435,030    $357,093   $383,594  

Allowance for loan losses

   12,937     16,036     (10,644  (13,075
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Loans, net

  $379,503    $418,994    $346,449   $370,519  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net deferred loan fees included in the above loan categories were $18 thousand at December 31, 2013. Net deferred loan costs included in the above loan categories were $89 thousand at December 31, 2012. Consumer and other loans included $325$279 thousand and $231$153 thousand of demand deposit overdrafts at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively.

The following tables provide a summary of loan classes and an aging of past due loans as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010:2012:

 

  December 31, 2011   December 31, 2013 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  30-59
Days Past
Due
   60-89
Days
Past
Due
   > 90
Days
Past
Due
   Total Past
Due
   Current   Total
Loans
   Non-Accrual
Loans
   90 Days
or More
Past Due
and
Accruing
   30-59
Days
Past Due
   60-89
Days
Past Due
   > 90
Days
Past Due
   Total
Past Due
   Current   Total
Loans
   Non-
Accrual
Loans
   90 Days
or More
Past Due
and
Accruing
 

Real estate loans:

                              

Construction and land development

  $2,267    $1,029    $235    $3,531    $44,832    $48,363    $235    $—      $161    $2,852    $3,339    $6,352    $27,708    $34,060    $5,811    $—    

1-4 family residential

   4,179     471     688     5,338     117,001     122,339     3,043     98     1,561     316     136     2,013     139,948     141,961     953     27  

Other real estate loans

   3,863     562     722     5,147     175,994     181,141     8,367     361     1,077     1,636     74     2,787     143,181     145,968     4,756     —    

Commercial and industrial

   950     93     5     1,048     28,398     29,446     163     —       165     —       22     187     22,616     22,803     144     22  

Consumer and other loans

   94     19     14     127     11,024     11,151     33     —       41     5     —       46     12,255     12,301     14     —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $11,353    $2,174    $1,664    $15,191    $377,249    $392,440    $11,841    $459    $3,005    $4,809    $3,571    $11,385    $345,708    $357,093    $11,678    $49  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

   December 31, 2010 
   (in thousands) 
   30-59
Days Past
Due
   60-89
Days
Past
Due
   > 90
Days
Past
Due
   Total Past
Due
   Current   Total
Loans
   Non-Accrual
Loans
   90 Days
or More
Past Due
and
Accruing
 

Real estate loans:

                

Construction and land development

  $525    $—      $3,665    $4,190    $48,401    $52,591    $5,780    $—    

1-4 family residential

   2,642     178     315     3,135     118,371     121,506     628     315  

Other real estate loans

   10,225     3,475     751     14,451     192,920     207,371     4,407     283  

Commercial and industrial

   1,033     3     —       1,036     39,647     40,683     —       —    

Consumer and other loans

   168     10     1     179     12,700     12,879     2     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $14,593    $3,666    $4,732    $22,991    $412,039    $435,030    $10,817    $598  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   December 31, 2012 
   (in thousands) 
   30-59
Days
Past Due
   60-89
Days
Past Due
   > 90
Days
Past Due
   Total
Past Due
   Current   Total
Loans
   Non-
Accrual
Loans
   90 Days
or More
Past Due
and
Accruing
 

Real estate loans:

              

Construction and land development

  $77    $701    $89    $867    $42,657    $43,524    $646    $—    

1-4 family residential

   2,741     —       476     3,217     131,747     134,964     968     129  

Other real estate loans

   1,347     686     1,476     3,509     170,711     174,220     6,752     —    

Commercial and industrial

   428     408     99     935     22,136     23,071     14     99  

Consumer and other loans

   43     5     8     56     7,759     7,815     13     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,636    $1,800    $2,148    $  8,584    $375,010    $383,594    $  8,393    $228  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

As part of the on-goingongoing monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, management tracks certain credit quality indicators including trends related to the risk grading of specified classes of loans. The Company utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a rating to each of its loans. The loan ratings are summarized into the following categories: pass, special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss. Pass rated loans include all risk rated credits other than those included in special mention, substandard or doubtful. Loans classified as loss are charged-off. Loan officers assign risk grades to loans at origination and as renewals arise. The Bank’s Credit Administration department reviews risk grades for accuracy on a quarterly basis and as delinquencycredit issues arise. In addition, a certain amount of loans are reviewed each year through the Company’s internal and external loan review process. A description of the general characteristics of the loan grading categories is as follows:

Pass–Loans classified as pass exhibit acceptable operating trends, balance sheet trends, and liquidity. Sufficient cash flow exists to service the loan. All obligations have been paid by the borrower in an as agreed manner.

Special Mention–Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or the Bank’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard–Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and payment capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful–Loans classified as doubtful have all the weakness inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. The Company considers all doubtful loans to be impaired and places the loan on non-accrual status.

Loss–Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.

The following tables provide an analysis of the credit risk profile of each loan class as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010:2012:

 

  December 31, 2011
(in thousands)
   December 31, 2013
(in thousands)
 
  Pass   Special
Mention
   Substandard   Doubtful   Total   Pass   Special
Mention
   Substandard   Doubtful   Total 

Real estate loans:

                    

Construction and land development

  $23,172    $7,504    $17,452    $235    $48,363    $19,724    $3,500    $10,836    $—      $34,060  

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   108,240     5,645     8,266     188     122,339     130,048     5,378     6,535     —       141,961  

Other real estate loans

   138,255     17,123     22,348     3,415     181,141     118,663     10,227     17,078     —       145,968  

Commercial and industrial

   23,451     949     4,976     70     29,446     21,563     555     685     —       22,803  

Consumer and other loans

   11,058     79     —       14     11,151     12,287     —       14     —       12,301  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $304,176    $31,300    $53,042    $3,922    $392,440    $302,285    $19,660    $35,148    $—      $357,093  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

  December 31, 2010
(in thousands)
   December 31, 2012
(in thousands)
 
  Pass   Special
Mention
   Substandard   Doubtful   Total   Pass   Special
Mention
   Substandard   Doubtful   Total 

Real estate loans:

                    

Construction and land development

  $21,212    $5,237    $21,471    $4,671    $52,591    $22,384    $5,176    $15,964    $—      $43,524  

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   106,722     4,435     10,349     —       121,506     120,692     6,055     8,217     —       134,964  

Other real estate loans

   143,874     17,915     43,443     2,139     207,371     134,701     14,513     25,006     —       174,220  

Commercial and industrial

   34,619     4,033     2,031     —       40,683     18,831     798     3,442     —       23,071  

Consumer and other loans

   12,864     13     1     1     12,879     7,743     72     —       —       7,815  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $319,291    $31,633    $77,295    $6,811    $435,030    $304,351    $26,614    $52,629    $—      $383,594  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Note 4. Allowance for Loan Losses

Note 4.Allowance for Loan Losses

Transactions in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 20092011 were as follows:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  2011 2010 2009   2013 2012 2011 

Balance at beginning of year

  $16,036   $7,106   $5,650    $13,075   $12,937   $16,036  

Provision charged to operating expense

   12,380    11,731    2,300  

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses

   (425 3,555   12,380  

Loan recoveries

   310    261    298     2,486   376   310  

Loan charge-offs

   (15,789  (3,062  (1,142   (4,492 (3,793 (15,789
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $12,937   $16,036   $7,106    $10,644   $13,075   $12,937  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The following tables present, as of December 31, 20112013, 2012 and 2010,2011, the total allowance for loan losses, the allowance by impairment methodology and loans by impairment methodology.

 

  December 31, 2011 
  (in thousands)   December 31, 2013
(in thousands)
 
  Commercial
and
Industrial
 Other Real
Estate
 Construction
and Land
Development
 Secured by
1-4 Family
Residential
 Consumer
and Other
Loans
 Total   Construction
and Land
Development
 Secured by
1-4 Family
Residential
 Other Real
Estate
 Commercial
and
Industrial
 Consumer
and Other
Loans
 Total 

Allowance for loan losses:

              

Beginning Balance, December 31, 2010

  $858   $9,187   $4,050   $1,681   $260   $16,036  

Beginning Balance, December 31, 2012

  $2,481   $3,712   $6,163   $608   $111   $13,075  

Charge-offs

   (348  (7,551  (2,983  (4,639  (268  (15,789   (2,962 (260 (1,070 (37 (163 (4,492

Recoveries

   3    —      50    6    251    310     —     823   1,304   179   180   2,486  

Provision for loan losses

   450    3,556    1,726    6,718    (70  12,380  

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses

   3,191   (1,300 (1,979 (308 (29 (425
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Ending Balance, December 31, 2011

  $963   $5,192   $2,843   $3,766   $173   $12,937  

Ending Balance, December 31, 2013

  $2,710   $2,975   $4,418   $442   $99   $10,644  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Ending Balance:

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   309    351    930    848    —      2,438     882    190    263    44    —      1,379  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   654    4,841    1,913    2,918    173    10,499     1,828    2,785    4,155    398    99    9,265  

Loans:

              

Ending Balance

   29,446    181,141    48,363    122,339    11,151    392,440     34,060    141,961    145,968    22,803    12,301    357,093  

Individually evaluated for impairment

   480    10,940    7,640    6,860    —      25,920     6,862    3,431    11,143    258    —      21,694  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   28,966    170,201    40,723    115,479    11,151    366,520     27,198    138,530    134,825    22,545    12,301    335,399  

 

  December 31, 2010 
  (in thousands)   December 31, 2012
(in thousands)
 
  Commercial
and
Industrial
   Other Real
Estate
   Construction
and Land
Development
   Secured by
1-4 Family
Residential
   Consumer
and Other
Loans
   Total   Construction
and Land
Development
 Secured by
1-4 Family
Residential
 Other Real
Estate
 Commercial
and
Industrial
 Consumer
and Other
Loans
 Total 

Allowance for loan losses:

                  

Ending Balance

  $858    $9,187    $4,050    $1,681    $260    $16,036  

Beginning Balance, December 31, 2011

  $2,843   $3,766   $5,192   $963   $173   $12,937  

Charge-offs

   (431 (761 (2,154 (261 (186 (3,793

Recoveries

   1   68   64   35   208   376  

Provision for loan losses

   68   639   3,061   (129 (84 3,555  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Ending Balance, December 31, 2012

  $2,481   $3,712   $6,163   $608   $111   $13,075  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Ending Balance:

                  

Individually evaluated for impairment

   36     5,020     3,006     536     —       8,597     567    306    930    35    —      1,838  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   822     4,167     1,044     1,145     260     7,439     1,914    3,406    5,233    573    111    11,237  

Loans:

                  

Ending Balance

   40,683     207,371     52,591     121,506     12,879     435,030     43,524    134,964    176,573    20,718    7,815    383,594  

Ending Balance:

                  

Individually evaluated for impairment

   48     28,426     9,709     5,682     —       43,865     2,516    3,776    10,528    160    —      16,980  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   40,635     178,945     42,882     115,824     12,879     391,165     41,008    131,188    163,692    20,558    7,815    366,614  

   December 31, 2011
(in thousands)
 
   Construction
and Land
Development
  Secured by
1-4 Family
Residential
  Other Real
Estate
  Commercial
and
Industrial
  Consumer
and Other
Loans
  Total 

Allowance for loan losses:

       

Beginning Balance, December 31, 2010

  $4,050   $1,681   $9,187   $858   $260   $16,036  

Charge-offs

   (2,983  (4,369  (7,551  (348  (268  (15,789

Recoveries

   50    6    —      3    251    310  

Provision for loan losses

   1,726    6,718    3,556    450    (70  12,380  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending Balance, December 31, 2011

  $2,843   $3,766   $5,192   $963   $173   $12,937  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending Balance:

       

Individually evaluated for impairment

   930    848    351    309    —      2,438  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   1,913    2,918    4,841    654    173    10,499  

Loans:

       

Ending Balance

   48,363    122,339    181,141    29,446    11,151    392,440  

Ending Balance:

       

Individually evaluated for impairment

   7,640    6,860    10,940    480    —      25,920  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   40,723    115,479    170,201    28,966    11,151    366,520  

Impaired loans and the related allowance at December 31, 20112013, 2012 and 2010,2011, were as follows:

 

  December 31, 2011
(in thousands)
   December 31, 2013
(in thousands)
 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
   Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
   Total
Recorded
Investment
   Related
Allowance
   Average
Recorded
Investment
   Interest
Income
Recognized
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
   Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
   Total
Recorded
Investment
   Related
Allowance
   Average
Recorded
Investment
   Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Real estate loans:

                            

Construction and land development

  $8,106    $3,531    $4,109    $7,640    $930    $7,077    $367    $9,086    $4,259    $2,603    $6,862    $882    $5,397    $204  

Secured by 1-4 family

   8,566     3,495     3,365     6,860     848     6,519     301     4,341     2,515     916     3,431     190     2,864     146  

Other real estate loans

   15,165     8,135     2,805     10,940     351     23,918     396     12,385     9,455     1,688     11,143     263     7,079     441  

Commercial and industrial

   480     —       480     480     309     660     27     260     114     144     258     44     669     14  

Consumer and other loans

   —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $32,317    $15,161    $10,758    $25,920    $2,438    $38,174    $1,091    $26,072    $16,343    $5,351    $21,694    $1,379    $16,009    $805  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

   December 31, 2012
(in thousands)
 
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
   Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
   Total
Recorded
Investment
   Related
Allowance
   Average
Recorded
Investment
   Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Real estate loans:

              

Construction and land development

  $2,947    $622    $1,894    $2,516    $567    $5,691    $99  

Secured by 1-4 family

   4,706     1,690     2,086     3,776     306     4,821     163  

Other real estate loans

   14,861     4,886     5,642     10,528     930     10,148     276  

Commercial and industrial

   161     —       160     160     35     330     10  

Consumer and other loans

   —       —       —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $22,675    $7,198    $9,782    $16,980    $1,838    $20,990    $548  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  December 31, 2010
(in thousands)
   December 31, 2011
(in thousands)
 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
   Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
   Total
Recorded
Investment
   Related
Allowance
   Average
Recorded
Investment
   Interest
Income
Recognized
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
   Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
   Total
Recorded
Investment
   Related
Allowance
   Average
Recorded
Investment
   Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Real estate loans:

                            

Construction and land development

  $10,440    $1,217    $8,492    $9,709    $3,006    $2,920    $374    $8,106    $3,531    $4,109    $7,640    $930    $7,077    $367  

Secured by 1-4 family

   5,701     595     5,087     5,682     536     795     222     8,566     3,495     3,365     6,860     848     6,519     301  

Other real estate loans

   29,480     7,904     20,522     28,426     5,020     18,432     1,345     15,165     8,135     2,805     10,940     351     23,918     396  

Commercial and industrial

   48     —       48     48     36     163     4     480     —       480     480     309     660     27  

Consumer and other loans

   —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $45,669    $9,716    $34,149    $43,865    $8,597    $22,310    $1,945    $32,317    $15,161    $10,758    $25,920    $2,438    $38,174    $1,091  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The “Recorded Investment” amounts in the table above represent the outstanding principal balance on each loan represented in the table. The “Unpaid Principal Balance” represents the outstanding principal balance on each loan represented in the table plus any amounts that have been charged off on each loan and/or payments that have been applied towards principal on non-accrual loans.

During the first quarter of 2011, the Bank adjusted its allowance for loan losses methodology by expanding the historical loss period that is applied to the general component of the allowance from one year to three years. The Company decreased the loss history to one year after significant deterioration in economic conditions in 2008. Since then, the Company determined that a three-year loss history is more appropriate to reflect a reasonable estimate of loss inherent in the loan portfolio.

As of December 31, 2011,2013, loans classified as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) and included in impaired loans in the disclosure above totaled $11.4$1.9 million. At December 31, 2011, $4.8 million2013, $829 thousand of the loans classified as TDRs were performing under the restructured terms and were not considered non-performing assets. There were $14.4$6.3 million in TDRs at December 31, 2010.2012, $1.6 million of which were performing under the restructured terms. Modified terms under TDRs may include rate reductions, extension of terms that are considered to be below market, conversion to interest only, and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. There were no loans modified under TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2013. The following table provides further information regarding loans modified under TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

  For the year ended December 31, 2011 
  (dollars in thousands)   For the year ended
December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
   For the year ended
December 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)
 
  Number
of
Contracts
   Pre-modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
   Post-
modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
   Number of
Contracts
   Pre-modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
   Post-modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
   Number of
Contracts
   Pre-modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
   Post-modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
 

Real estate loans:

                  

Construction and land development

   1    $701    $357  

Construction

   —      $—      $—       1    $701    $357  

Secured by 1-4 family

   4     2,667     2,667     1     183     183     4     2,667     2,667  

Other real estate loans

   14     12,829     12,855     1     2,426     2,426     14     12,829     12,855  

Commercial and industrial

   —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer and other loans

   —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   19    $16,197    $15,879     2    $2,609    $2,609     19    $16,197    $15,879  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted within twelve months of the loan modification. The table below shows troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted as of December 31, 2011:

 

  December 31, 2011 
  (dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)
 
  Number
of
Contracts
   Recorded
investment
   Number of
Contracts
   Recorded
investment
 

Real estate loans:

        

Construction and land development

   1    $235     1    $235  

Secured by 1-4 family

   —       —       —       —    

Other real estate loans

   3     361     3     361  

Commercial and industrial

   —       —       —       —    

Consumer and other loans

   —       —       —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   4    $596     4    $596  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

For purposes of this disclosure,Management defines default is defined as over ninety days past due during the twelve month period subsequent to the modification.

Non-accrual loans excluded from impaired loan disclosure amounted to $103$14 thousand, $2$13 thousand and $196$103 thousand at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. If interest on theseHad non-accrual loans had been accrued, such incomeperformed in accordance with their original contract terms, the Company would have approximated $4recognized additional interest income in the amount of $483 thousand, $510 thousand and $6$402 thousand forduring the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, and 2009, respectively. For 2010, there was no income that would have been accrued on these loans.

Note 5. Other Real Estate Owned

Note 5.Other Real Estate Owned

At December 31, 20112013 and 2010, OREO2012, other real estate owned (OREO) totaled $6.4$3.0 million and $4.0$5.6 million, respectively. OREO iswas primarily comprised of residential lots, raw land, non-residential properties and residential properties associated with commercial relationships, and are located primarily in the Commonwealth of Virginia. Changes in the balance for OREO are as follows:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  2011 2010   2013 2012 

Balance at the beginning of year, gross

  $7,302   $7,255    $7,764   $9,166  

Transfers from loans

   8,117    2,865  

Transfers in

   2,036   5,578  

Charge-offs

   (2,022  (293   (1,564 (1,808

Sales proceeds

   (3,321  (2,506   (3,618 (5,438

Gain (loss) on disposition

   (910  (19

Gain on disposition

   80   268  

Depreciation

   (3 (2

Balance at the end of year, gross

   9,166    7,302     4,695   7,764  

Less: allowance for losses

   (2,792  (3,341

Less: valuation allowance

   (1,665 (2,174
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance at the end of year, net

  $6,374   $3,961    $3,030   $5,590  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Changes in the allowance for OREO losses are as follows:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  2011 2010 2009   2013 2012 2011 

Balance at beginning of year

  $3,341   $994   $—      $2,174   $2,792   $3,341  

Provision for losses

   1,558    2,640    994     1,055   1,190   1,558  

Charge-offs, net

   (2,107  (293  —       (1,564 (1,808 (2,107
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $2,792   $3,341   $994    $1,665   $2,174   $2,792  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net expenses applicable to OREO, other than the provision for losses, were $572$150 thousand, $242$443 thousand and $156$572 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Note 6. Premises and Equipment

Note 6.Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows at December 31, 20112013 and 2010:2012:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  2011   2010   2013   2012 

Land

  $4,397    $4,664    $4,393    $4,397  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

   15,914     16,031     15,030     15,954  

Furniture and equipment

   9,832     9,617     9,296     9,997  

Construction in process

   1,054     485     56     790  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $31,197    $30,797    $28,775    $31,138  

Less accumulated depreciation

   11,599     10,495     12,133     12,549  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $19,598    $20,302    $16,642    $18,589  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Depreciation expense included in operating expenses for 2013, 2012 and 2011 2010was $1.0 million, $1.1 million and 2009 was $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

Note 7. Deposits

Note 7.Deposits

The aggregate amount of time deposits, in denominations of $100 thousand or more, was $97.9$54.6 million and $114.1$76.6 million at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively.

The Bank obtains certain deposits through the efforts of third-party brokers. At December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, brokered deposits totaled $14.4$5.1 million and $35.6$8.8 million, respectively, and were included in time deposits on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

At December 31, 2011,2013, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 

2012

  $88,092  

2013

   50,470  

2014

   22,527    $68,817  

2015

   13,322     22,404  

2016

   14,853     17,090  

2017

   3,345  

2018

   12,100  
  

 

   

 

 
  $189,264    $123,756  
  

 

   

 

 

Note 8. Other Borrowings

Note 8.Other Borrowings

The Bank had unused lines of credit totaling $96.8$108.4 million and $127.7$105.4 million available with non-affiliated banks at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. These amounts primarily consist of a blanket floating lien agreement with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta in which the Bank can borrow up to 19% of its assets. The unused line of credit with FHLB totaled $68.3 million at December 31, 2013.

At December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, the Bank had borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank system totaling $19.0$6.0 million, and $20.0 million, respectively, which mature through December 28, 2018. The interest rate on these borrowings ranged from 1.25%1.78% to 2.04% and the weighted average rate was 1.66%1.91% at December 31, 2011.2013 and 2012. The Bank also had a letter of credit from the Federal

Home Loan Bank totaling $25.0 million and $30.0 million at December 31, 2011. The Bank had no letter of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2010.2013 and 2012, respectively. The Bank had collateral pledged on these borrowings and letter of credit at December 31, 20112013 and 2012 including real estate loans totaling $107.8$78.6 million and $100.0 million, respectively, and Federal Home Loan Bank stock with a book value of $1.9 million.$1.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2011,2013 and 2012, the Bank had a $100$52 thousand and $76 thousand, respectively, note payable, secured by a deed of trust, for land purchased to construct a banking office, which requires monthly payments of $2 thousand, and matures January 3, 2016. The fixed interest rate on this loan is 4.00%.

The contractual maturities of other borrowings at December 31, 20112013 were as follows:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 

2012

  $5,022  

2013

   5,024  

2014

   25    $25  

2015

   27     27  

2016

   3,002     —    

2017 and thereafter

   6,000  

2017

   3,000  

2018

   3,000  
  

 

   

 

 
  $19,100    $6,052  
  

 

   

 

 

Note 9. Trust Preferred Capital Notes

Note 9.Trust Preferred Capital Notes

On June 8, 2004, First National (VA) Statutory Trust II (Trust II), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities, commonly known as trust preferred securities. On June 17, 2004, $5.0 million of trust preferred securities were issued through a pooled underwriting. The securities have a LIBOR-indexed floating rate of interest. The interest rate at December 31, 20112013 and 2012 was 3.16%.2.84% and 2.91%, respectively. The securities have a mandatory redemption date of June 17, 2034, and were subject to varying call provisions beginning June 17, 2009. The principal asset of Trust II is $5.2 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debt securities with maturities and interest rates comparable to the trust preferred securities. The Trust’s obligations under the trust preferred securities are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.

On July 24, 2006, First National (VA) Statutory Trust III (Trust III), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities. On July 31, 2006, $4.0 million of trust preferred securities were issued through a pooled underwriting. The securities have a LIBOR-indexed floating rate of interest. The interest rate at December 31, 20112013 and 2012 was 1.97%.1.85% and 1.96%, respectively. The securities have a mandatory redemption date of October 1, 2036, and arewere subject to varying call provisions beginning October 1, 2011. The principal asset of Trust III is $4.1 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debt securities with maturities and interest rates comparable to the trust preferred securities. The Trust’s obligations under the trust preferred securities are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.

While these securities are debt obligations of the Company, they are included in capital for regulatory capital ratio calculations. Under present regulations, the trust preferred securities may be included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy purposes as long as their amount does not exceed 25% of Tier 1 capital, including total trust preferred securities. The portion of the trust preferred securities not considered as Tier 1 capital, if any, may be included in Tier 2 capital. At December 31, 2011,2013 and 2012, the total amount of trust preferred securities issued by the Trusts was included in the Company’s Tier 1 capital.

Note 10. Income Taxes

Note 10.Income Taxes

The Company is subject to U.S. federal and Virginia income tax as well as bank franchise tax in the state of Virginia. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2008.2010.

Net deferred tax assets consisted of the following components at December 31, 20112013 and 2010:2012:

 

   (in thousands) 
   2011   2010 

Deferred Tax Assets

    

Allowance for loan losses

  $4,399    $5,452  

Allowance for other real estate owned

   949     1,136  

Interest on non-accrual loans

   218     194  

Unfunded pension liability

   740     434  

Split dollar liability

   398     363  

Gain on other real estate owned

   1,085     710  

Other

   236     124  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $8,025    $8,413  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

    

Depreciation

  $728    $713  

Prepaid pension

   —       92  

Securities available for sale

   1,057     445  

Discount accretion

   10     9  

Loan origination costs, net

   105     124  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $1,900    $1,383  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

   6,125     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $—      $7,030  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   (in thousands) 
   2013   2012 

Deferred Tax Assets

    

Allowance for loan losses

  $3,619    $4,446  

Allowance for other real estate owned

   566     760  

Interest on non-accrual loans

   —       266  

Unfunded pension liability

   90     894  

Split dollar liability

   207     391  

Gain on other real estate owned

   769     990  

Securities available for sale

   584     —    

Accrued pension

   289     4  

Loan origination costs, net

   6     —    

Other

   10     118  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $6,140    $7,869  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

    

Depreciation

  $685    $674  

Securities available for sale

   —       601  

Discount accretion

   5     3  

Loan origination costs, net

   —       30  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $690    $1,308  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

   —       6,561  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $5,450    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011,2013, the Company had recorded areversed the full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets (DTAs). The realization of DTAs is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. “More likely than not” is defined as greater than a 50% chance. All available evidence, both positive and negative is considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considered all available evidence about the realization of DTAs, both positive and negative, that could be objectively verified. The Company’s positive

Positive evidence considered included (1) a return to trailing three years of cumulative pre-tax income in support2013, (2) the Company’s recent history of its usequarterly pre-tax earnings (seven out of forecasted future earnings as a source of realizing DTAs was insufficient to overcome the negative evidence associatedlast eight quarters), (3) expectations for sustained profitability with its pre-tax cumulative loss position. Management’s assessment is primarily dependent on historicalsufficient taxable income and projections of future taxable income, which are directly related to fully utilize the Company’s core earnings capacity and its prospects to generate core earnings in the future. Projections of core earnings and taxable income are inherently subject to uncertainty and estimates that may change given an uncertain economic outlook, banking industry conditions and other factors. At December 31, 2011, management concluded that it is more likely than not that its fullremaining net deferred tax benefits, and (4) significant reductions in the level of non-performing assets will not be realizedsince their peak during 2011, which was the primary source of the losses generated in 2010 and established2011.

Negative evidence considered was (1) the uncertainty about the potential impact on earnings from nonperforming assets along with (2) a pre-tax loss reported by the Company during one quarterly period over the previous two years. As the number of consecutive periods of profitability increased and the level of profits are indicative of on-going results, the weight of cumulative losses as negative evidence decreased. A reduction in the weight given to such losses is further validated given that the source of the losses was an elevated level of problem assets and related credit costs, which have since been significantly reduced. After weighing both the positive and negative evidence, management determined that a valuation allowance on the net deferred tax asset was no longer warranted as of $6.1 million.December 31, 2013.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 20092011 consisted of the following:

 

  (in thousands) 
  (in thousands)   2013 2012   2011 
  2011 2010 2009 

Current tax expense (benefit)

  $(2,607 $1,780   $2,605    $(44 $965    $(2,607

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

   6,442    (3,986  (1,850   (4,776  —       6,442  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 
  $3,835   $(2,206 $755    $(4,820 $965    $3,835  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

The income tax provision (benefit) differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 2009,2011, due to the following:

 

  (in thousands) 
  (in thousands)   2013 2012 2011 
  2011 2010 2009 

Computed tax expense (benefit) at statutory federal rate

  $(2,423 $(1,975 $988    $1,718   $1,280   $(2,423

Increase in income taxes from deferred tax valuation allowance

   6,442    —      —    

Increase (decrease) in income taxes from deferred tax valuation allowance

   (6,275 (167 6,442  

Decrease in income taxes resulting from:

        

Tax-exempt interest and dividend income

   (186  (197  (202   (153 (125 (186

Other

   2    (34  (31   (110 (23 2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $3,835   $(2,206 $755    $(4,820 $965   $3,835  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Note 11. Funds Restrictions and Reserve Balance

Note 11.Funds Restrictions and Reserve Balance

Transfers of funds from the banking subsidiary to the parent company in the form of loans, advances and cash dividends are restricted by federal and state regulatory authorities. The net loss totaled $10.3 million for the year endedAt December 31, 2011 compared2013, the aggregate amount of unrestricted funds which could be transferred from the banking subsidiary to common dividends paid totaling $1.6 million during the same period. As a result, the Bank could not transfer funds to theparent Company, without prior regulatory approval, at December 31, 2011.totaled $253 thousand.

The Bank must maintain a reserve against its deposits in accordance with Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Act. For the final weekly reporting period in the years ended December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, the aggregate amounts of daily average required balances were approximately $2.1$1.4 million and $1.1$3.0 million, respectively.

Note 12.Benefit Plans

Note 12. Benefit Plans

Pension Plan

The Bank has a noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan for all full-time employees over 21 years of age with at least one year of credited service, and hired prior to May 1, 2011. Effective May 1, 2011, the plan was frozen to new participants. Only individuals employed on or before April 30, 2011 are eligible to become participants in the plan upon satisfaction of the eligibility requirements. Benefits are generally based upon years of service and average compensation for the five highest-paid consecutive years of service. The Bank’s funding practice has been to make at least the minimum required annual contribution permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the plan benefit obligation and the fair value of assets for the periods ended December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 2009.2011.

 

   (in thousands) 
   2011  2010  2009 

Change in Benefit Obligation

    

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

  $5,588   $4,747   $4,522  

Service cost

   359    307    305  

Interest cost

   307    284    271  

Actuarial (gain) loss

   871    565    (328

Benefits paid

   (1,097  (315  (23

Gain due to settlement

   (33  —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, end of year

  $5,995   $5,588   $4,747  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Changes in Plan Assets

    

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

  $4,284   $3,921   $2,851  

Actual return on plan assets

   27    478    923  

Employer contributions

   240    200    170  

Benefits paid

   (1,097  (315  (23
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets, end of year

  $3,454   $4,284   $3,921  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Funded Status, end of year

  $(2,541 $(1,303 $(826
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amount Recognized in Other Liabilities

  $(2,541 $(1,303 $(826
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax

    

Net loss

  $2,173   $1,271   $893  

Prior service cost

   2    6    9  

Net obligation at transition

   —      —      (4

Deferred income tax benefit

   (740  (434  (305
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amount recognized

  $1,435   $843   $593  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligation

    

Discount rate used for disclosure

   4.50  5.50  6.00

Expected return on plan assets

   8.00  8.00  8.00

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00  4.00  4.00

   (in thousands) 
   2011  2010  2009 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

    

Service cost

  $  359   $    307   $    306  

Interest cost

   307    284    271  

Expected return on plan assets

   (342  (313  (227

Amortization of prior service cost

   4    3    3  

Amortization of net obligation at transition

   —      (4  (6

Recognized net loss due to settlement

   212    —      —    

Recognized net actuarial loss

   38    21    79  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $578   $298   $426  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss

    

Net (gain) loss

  $902   $378   $(1,103

Amortization of prior service cost

   (4  (3  (3

Amortization of net obligation at transition

   —      4    5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss

  $898   $379   $(1,101
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss

  $1,476   $677   $(675
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost

  

Discount rate

   5.50  6.00  6.00

Expected return on plan assets

   8.00  8.00  8.00

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00  4.00  4.00
   (in thousands) 
   2013  2012  2011 

Change in Benefit Obligation

   

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

  $7,244   $5,995   $5,588  

Service cost

   470    427    359  

Interest cost

   279    269    307  

Actuarial (gain) loss

   (1,327  725    871  

Benefits paid

   (961  (172  (1,097

Gain due to settlement

   (204  —      (33
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, end of year

  $5,501   $7,244   $5,995  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Changes in Plan Assets

    

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

  $4,046   $3,454   $4,284  

Actual return on plan assets

   744    458    27  

Employer contributions

   500    306    240  

Benefits paid

   (961  (172  (1,097
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets, end of year

  $4,329   $4,046   $3,454  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Funded Status, end of year

  $(1,172 $(3,198 $(2,541
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amount Recognized in Other Liabilities

  $(1,172 $(3,198 $(2,541
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax

    

Net loss

  $265   $2,629   $2,173  

Prior service cost

   —      —      2  

Deferred income tax benefit

   (90  —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amount recognized

  $175   $2,629   $2,175  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligation

    

Discount rate used for disclosure

   5.00  4.00  4.50

Expected return on plan assets

   8.00  8.00  8.00

Rate of compensation increase

   3.00  3.00  4.00

   (in thousands) 
   2013  2012  2011 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

    

Service cost

  $470   $427   $359  

Interest cost

   279    269    307  

Expected return on plan assets

   (303  (275  (342

Amortization of prior service cost

   —      2    4  

Amortization of net obligation at transition

   —      —      —    

Recognized net loss due to settlement

   284    —      212  

Recognized net actuarial loss

   109          86          38  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $839   $509   $578  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss

    

Net (gain) loss

  $(2,364 $456   $902  

Amortization of prior service cost

   —      (2  (4

Amortization of net obligation at transition

   —      —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  $(2,364 $454   $898  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  $(1,525 $963   $1,476  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost

    

Discount rate

   4.00  4.50  5.50

Expected return on plan assets

   8.00  8.00  8.00

Rate of compensation increase

   3.00  3.00  4.00

The plan sponsor selects the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption in consultation with their investment advisors and actuary. This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or to be invested to provide plan benefits. Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of return (net of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust, and for the trust itself. Undue weight is not given to recent experience, which may not continue over the measurement period, with higher significance placed on current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions.

Because assets are held in a qualified trust, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes. Further, solely for this purpose, the plan is assumed to continue in force and not terminate during the period during which assets are invested. However, consideration is given to the potential impact of current and future investment policy, cash flow into and out of the trust, and expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets (to the extent such expenses are not explicitly estimated within periodic cost).

The process used to select the discount rate assumption takes into account the benefit cash flow and the segmented yields on high-quality corporate bonds that would be available to provide for the payment of the benefit cash flow. A single effective discount rate, rounded to the nearest .25%, is then established that produces an equivalent discounted present value.

The pension plan’s weighted-average asset allocations at the end of the plan year for 20112013 and 2010,2012, by asset category were as follows:

 

  2011 2010   2013 2012 

Asset Category

      

Mutual funds - fixed income

   41  36   39 25

Mutual funds - equity

   59  64   61 75
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total

   100  100   100  100
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

The trust fund is sufficiently diversified to maintain a reasonable level of risk without imprudently sacrificing return, with a targeted asset allocation of 40% fixed income and 60% equities. The Investment Manager selects investment fund managers with demonstrated experience and expertise, and funds with demonstrated historical performance for the implementation of the plan’s investment strategy. The investment manager will consider both actively and passively managed investment strategies and will allocate funds across the asset classes to develop an efficient investment structure.

It is the responsibility of the trustee to administer the investments of the trust within reasonable costs, being careful to avoid sacrificing quality. These costs include, but are not limited to, management and custodial fees, consulting fees, transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the trust.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value.

Fixed income and equity funds:Valued at the net asset value of shares held at year-end.

CashThe pension financial instruments measured and cash equivalents:Valuedreported at cost which approximates fair value.

value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:

Level 1 Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s pension plan assets at fair value as of December 31, 20112013, 2012 and 2010:2011:

 

  Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2011

(in thousands)
   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013
(in thousands)
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Fixed income funds

  $1,409    $1,409     —       —      $1,697    $1,697     —       —    

Equity funds

   2,045     2,045     —       —       2,632     2,632     —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $3,454    $3,454    $—      $—      $4,329    $4,329     —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

  Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2010

(in thousands)
 
    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012
(in thousands)
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Fixed income funds

  $1,563    $1,563     —       —      $1,023    $1,023     —       —    

Equity funds

   2,721     2,721     —       —       3,023     3,023     —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $4,284    $4,284    $—      $—      $4,046    $4,046    $—      $—    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011
(in thousands)
 
   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Fixed income funds

  $1,409    $1,409     —       —    

Equity funds

   2,045     2,045     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $3,454    $3,454    $—      $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company made cash contributions of $500 thousand, $306 thousand and $240 thousand forduring the 2011years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2010 plan years,2011, respectively, and expects to contribute $509 thousand formake no contribution during the 2012 plan year.year ended December 31, 2014. The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan was $4.2$3.8 million, $5.1 million and $3.8$4.2 million at December 31, 20112013, 2012 and 2010,2011, respectively.

Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, were as follows at December 31, 2011:2013:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 

2012

  $26  

2013

   46  

2014

   53    $262  

2015

   78     181  

2016

   91     275  

Years 2017-2021

   739  

2017

   271  

2018

   23  

Years 2019-2023

   1,465  

401(k) Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) plan for all eligible employees. Participating employees may elect to contribute up to the maximum percentage allowed by the Internal Revenue Service, as defined in the plan. The Company makes matching contributions, on a dollar-for dollar basis, for the first one percent of an employee’s compensation contributed to the Plan and fifty cents for each dollar of the employee’s contribution between two percent and six percent. The Company also makes an additional contribution for eligible employees hired on or after May 1, 2011. This contribution is allocated based on years of service to participants who were hired on or after May 1, 2011 who have completed at least one thousand hours of service during the year and who are employed on the last day of the Plan Year. The amount that the Company matches is contributed for the benefit of the respective employee to the employee stock ownership plan (ESOP). All employees who are age nineteen or older are eligible. Employee contributions vest immediately. Employer matching contributions vest after two plan service years with the Company. The Company has the discretion to make a profit sharing contribution to the plan each year based on overall performance, profitability, and other economic factors. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 2009,2011, expense attributable to the Plan amounted to $200$249 thousand, $164$219 thousand and $103$200 thousand, respectively.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

On January 1, 2000, the Company established an employee stock ownership plan. The ESOP provides an opportunity for the Company to award shares of First National Corporation stock to employees at its discretion. Employees are eligible to participate in the ESOP effective immediately upon beginning service with the Company. Participants become 100% vested after two years of credited service. In addition to the 401(k) matching contributions made by the Company to the ESOP, the Board of Directors may make discretionary contributions, within certain limitations prescribed by federal tax regulations.

Until April 26, 2010, the ESOP operated as a leveraged ESOP. The ESOP’s debt was incurred when the Company loaned the ESOP $570 thousand from the proceeds the Company received from its bank note payable. The ESOP shares initially were pledged as collateral for its debt. As the debt was repaid, shares were released from collateral and allocated to employees, based on the proportion of debt service paid in the year. The shares were deducted from shareholders’ equity as unearned ESOP shares in the accompanying balance

sheets. As shares were released from collateral, the Company reported compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares, and the shares became outstanding for EPS computations. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares were recorded as a reduction of retained earnings; dividends on unallocated ESOP shares were recorded as a reduction of debt and accrued interest. The ESOP’s debt was repaid on April 26, 2010. Therefore, the ESOP is no longer operating as a leveraged ESOP.

There was no compensation expense for the ESOP for the years ended December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 2009.

2011. Shares of the Company held by the ESOP at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 2010were 169,882, 134,609 and 2009, are as follows:65,633, respectively.

   2011   2010   2009 

Allocated shares

   65,633     53,167     44,014  

Unreleased shares

   —       —       1,543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ESOP shares

   65,633     53,167     45,557  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of unreleased shares (in thousands)

  $—      $—      $15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan

On January 6, 1999, the Bank adopted a Director Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan. This Plan provides life insurance coverage to insurable outside directors of the Bank. The Bank owns the policies and is entitled to all values and proceeds. The Plan provides retirement benefits and the payment of benefits at the death of the insured director. The amount of benefits will be determined by the performance of the policies over the director’s life.

Accounting guidance requires a company to recognize an obligation over the director’s service period based upon the substantive agreement with the director such as the promise to maintain a life insurance policy or provide a death benefit postretirement. The related effect on net income recognized during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 2010was a benefit of $21 thousand and 2009 wasan expense of $104 thousand, $36respectively. In May 2013, the Bank terminated its Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan that provided life insurance coverage to insurable directors and recorded a gain of $543 thousand and afrom the termination of the postretirement benefit of $42 thousand, respectively.liability.

Note 13. Commitments and Unfunded Credits

Note 13.Commitments and Unfunded Credits

The Company, through its banking subsidiary is a party to credit related financial instruments with risk not reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Bank follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

At December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  2011   2010   2013   2012 

Commitments to extend credit and unfunded commitments under lines of credit

  $48,892    $53,494    $59,115    $52,849  

Stand-by letters of credit

   9,795     6,917     7,610     8,306  

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Bank, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

Unfunded commitments under commercial lines of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are collateralized as deemed necessary and usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Bank is committed.

Commercial and standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank generally holds collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary.

At December 31, 2011,2013, the Bank had $4.0$1.6 million in locked-rate commitments to originate mortgage loans and $274 thousand inno loans held for sale. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. The Bank does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

The Bank has cash accounts in other commercial banks. The amount on deposit at these banks at December 31, 20112013 exceeded the insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation by $27$10 thousand.

Note 14. Transactions with Related Parties

Note 14.Transactions with Related Parties

During the year, executive officers and directors (and companies controlled by them) were customers of and had transactions with the Company in the normal course of business. TheseIn management’s opinion, these transactions were made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing for other customers.

At December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, these loans totaled $11.3$2.1 million and $11.7$8.9 million, respectively. During 2011,2013, total principal additions were $3.5$1.2 million and total principal payments were $3.8$2.1 million. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had loans totaling $1.8 million with one director that were rated substandard and considered impaired. These loans included a $300 thousand jointAdjustments to related party loan with another director. The specific reserve for this relationshipbalances during 2013 due to transition of related parties totaled $22 thousand at December 31, 2011. Subsequent to year end, the Bank downgraded certain loans totaling $5.1 million with a second director. There was no specific reserve on these loans. These loans were reported in the substandard category as of December 31, 2011.approximately $5.9 million.

Deposits from related parties held by the Bank at December 31, 20112013 and 20102012 amounted to $3.7$5.1 million and $4.2$10.5 million, respectively.

Note 15. Lease Commitments

Note 15.Lease Commitments

The Company was obligated under noncancelable leases for banking premises. Total rental expense for operating leases for 2013, 2012 and 2011 2010 and 2009 was $240$224 thousand, $242$244 thousand and $227$240 thousand, respectively. Minimum rental commitments under noncancelable leases with terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 20112013 were as follows:

 

  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 
  Operating
Leases
   Operating
Leases
 

2012

  $227  

2013

   180  

2014

   106    $52  

2015

   93     46  

2016

   86     15  

2017

   5  
  

 

   

 

 

Total minimum payments

  $692    $118  
  

 

   

 

 

Note 16. Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Note 16.Dividend Reinvestment Plan

The Company has in effect a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP) which provides an automatic conversion of dividends into common stock for enrolled shareholders. Stock was purchased on the open market on each dividend payable date during the first two quarters of 2009. On August 5, 2009, the Board of Directors of theThe Company passed a resolution authorizing the Company tomay issue common shares to the DRIP beginningor purchase on the next dividend payment date, September 11, 2009.open market. Common shares are purchased at a price which is based on the average closing prices of the shares as quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board Market for the 10 business days immediately preceding the dividend payment date.

The CompanyNo shares were issued 6,748, 17,180 and 8,861 common shares to the DRIP during the years ended December 31, 2011, 20102013 and 2009, respectively.2012. The Company purchased 6,631issued 6,748 common shares onto the open market forDRIP during the year ended December 31, 2009.2011.

Note 17.Fair Value Measurements

Note 17. Fair Value Measurements

Determination of Fair Value

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. In accordance with the “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures” topic of FASB ASC, the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

The fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment. The fair value is a reasonable point within the range that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions.

Fair Value Hierarchy

In accordance with this guidance, the Company groups its financial assets and financial liabilities generally measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

Level 1 –

  Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 assets and liabilities generally include debt and equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 –

  Valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. The valuation may be based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 –

  Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which determination of fair value requires a significant management judgment or estimation.

A financialAn instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements:

Securities available for sale

Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices, when available (Level 1). If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured utilizing independent valuation techniques of identical or similar securities for which significant assumptions are derived primarily from or corroborated by observable market data. Third party vendors compile prices from various sources and may determine the fair value of identical or similar securities by using pricing models that considersconsider observable market data (Level 2).

The following tables present the balances of financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010.2012.

 

      Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2011 Using

(in thousands)
       Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013
Using
(in thousands)
 

Description

  Balance as of
December 31,
2011
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level  3)
   Balance as of
December 31,
2013
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                

Securities available for sale

                

U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities

  $78,876    $—      $78,876    $—      $84,897    $—      $84,897    $—    

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   12,676     —       12,676     —       18,399     —       18,399     —    

Corporate equity securities

   113     113     —       —       5     5     —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $91,665    $113    $91,552    $—      $103,301    $5    $103,296    $—    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

      Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2010 Using

(in thousands)
       Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012
Using
(in thousands)
 

Description

  Balance as of
December 31,
2010
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level  3)
   Balance as of
December 31,
2012
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                

Securities available for sale

                

U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities

  $46,924    $—      $46,924    $—      $73,218    $—      $73,218    $—    

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   13,301     —       13,301     —       16,235     —       16,235     —    

Corporate equity securities

   195     195     —       —       3     3     —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $60,420    $195    $60,225    $—      $89,456    $3    $89,453    $—    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial statements:

Loans held for sale

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value. These loans currently consist of one-to-four family residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market. Fair value is based on the price secondary markets are currently offering for similar loans using observable market data which is not materially different than cost due to the short duration between origination and sale (Level 2). As such, the Company records any fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis. No nonrecurring fair value adjustments were recorded on loans held for sale during the years ended December 31, 20112013 and 2010.2012.

Impaired Loans

Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreementagreements will not be collected. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the net present value of expected future cash flows, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral. Fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing the loans. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. The vast majority of the Company’s collateral is real estate. The value of real estate collateral is determined utilizing an income ora market valuation approach based on an appraisal, of one year or less, conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using observable market data (Level 2). However, if the collateral is a house or building in the process of construction or if an appraisal of the real estate property is over two yearsmore than one year old thenand not solely based on observable market comparables or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value, then a Level 3 valuation is considered Level 3.to measure the fair value. The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal, of one year or less, if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable business’s financial statements if not considered significant using observable market data. Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivables collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3). Impaired loans allocated to the Allowanceallowance for Loan Lossesloan losses are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Other real estate owned

Loans are transferred to other real estate owned when the collateral securing them is foreclosed on or acquired through a deed in lieu of foreclosure. The measurement of loss associated with other real estate owned is based on the fair value ofappraisal documents and assessed the collateral compared to the unpaid loan balance and anticipated costs to sell the property. If there is a contract for the sale of a property, and management reasonably believes the contract will be executed, fair value is based on the sale price in that contract (Level 1). Lacking such a contract, the value of real estate collateral is determined utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using observable market data (Level 2). However, if the collateral is a house or building in the process of construction or if an appraisal of the real estate property is over two years old, then the fair value is considered Level 3. Any fair value adjustments to other real estate owned are recorded in the period incurred and expensed against current earnings.same way as impaired loans described above.

The following tables summarize the Company’s financial assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010.2012.

 

      Carrying Value at December 31, 2011
(in thousands)
       Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013
(in thousands)
 

Description

  Balance as of
December 31,
2011
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
  Unobservable  
Inputs

(Level 3)
   Balance as of
December 31,
2013
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                

Impaired loans

  $  8,320    $—      $  7,213    $1,107  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Impaired loans, net

  $3,972    $—      $—      $3,972  

Other real estate owned, net

   3,030     —       —       3,030  

 

       Carrying Value at December 31, 2010
(in thousands)
 

Description

  Balance as of
December 31,
2010
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
  Unobservable  
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets

        

Impaired loans

  $25,552    $—      $17,584    $7,968  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s nonfinancial assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2011.

       Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012
(in thousands)
 

Description

  Balance as of
December 31,
2012
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

        

Impaired loans, net

  $7,944    $—      $—      $7,944  

Other real estate owned, net

   5,590     —       —       5,590  

 

       Carrying Value at December 31, 2011
(in thousands)
 

Description

  Balance as of
December 31,
2011
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level  3)
 

Assets

        

Other real estate owned

  $6,374    $—      $6,374    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

       Carrying Value at December 31, 2010
(in thousands)
 

Description

  Balance as of
December 31,
2010
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets

        

Other real estate owned

  $3,961    $—      $3,961    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. Certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are excluded from disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

   Quantitative information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements for December 31, 2013
(dollars in thousands)
   Fair
Value
   Valuation Technique  

Unobservable Input

  Range (Weighted-
Average)

Assets

        

Impaired loans

  $3,972    Property appraisals  Selling cost  10%
      Discount for lack of marketability and age of appraisal  0%-41% (8%)

Other real estate owned

   3,030    Property appraisals  Selling cost  7%

Accounting guidance requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above. The methodologies for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below:

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Federal Funds Sold

The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values.

Restricted Stock

The carrying value of restricted stock approximates fair value based on redemption.

Loans

For variable-rate loans that re-price frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for all other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for non-performing loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Accrued Interest

The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

Borrowings

The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings maturing within ninety days approximate their fair values. Fair values of all other borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

The carrying amounts of bank owned life insurance approximate fair value.

Commitments and Unfunded Credits

The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.

The fair value of stand-by letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. At December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, fair value of loan commitments and standby letters of credit was immaterial.

The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 20112013 and 2010 were2012 are as follows:

 

  (in thousands) 
  2011   2010   (in thousands) 
  Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value
   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 using 
  Carrying
Amount
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
Level 1
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
   Fair Value 

Financial Assets

                  

Cash and short-term investments

  $29,524    $29,524    $23,497    $23,497    $31,508    $31,508    $—      $—      $31,508  

Securities available for sale

   91,665     91,665     60,420     60,420  

Securities

   103,301     5     103,296     —       103,301  

Restricted stock

   1,804     —       1,804     —       1,804  

Loans, net

   379,503     383,557     418,994     420,011     346,449     —       —       353,874     353,874  

Loans held for sale

   274     274     271     271  

Bank owned life insurance

   10,978     —       10,978     —       10,978  

Accrued interest receivable

   1,620     1,620     1,667     1,667     1,302     —       1,302     —       1,302  

Financial Liabilities

                  

Deposits

  $469,172    $471,771    $463,500    $464,858    $450,711    $—      $326,955    $124,422    $451,377  

Other borrowings

   19,100     19,137     20,122     20,400     6,052     —       —       6,095     6,095  

Trust preferred capital notes

   9,279     8,576     9,279     9,279     9,279     —       —       9,399  ��  9,399  

Accrued interest payable

   366     366     551     551     177     —       177     —       177  

   (in thousands) 
   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012 using 
   Carrying
Amount
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
Level 1
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
   Fair Value 

Financial Assets

          

Cash and short-term investments

  $31,028    $31,028    $—      $—      $31,028  

Securities

   89,456     3     89,453     —       89,456  

Restricted stock

   1,974     —       1,974     —       1,974  

Loans held for sale

   503     —       503     —       503  

Loans, net

   370,519     —       —       375,941     375,941  

Bank owned life insurance

   10,609     —       10,609     —       10,609  

Accrued interest receivable

   1,459     —       1,459     —       1,459  

Financial Liabilities

          

Deposits

  $466,917    $—      $306,719    $162,151    $468,870  

Other borrowings

   6,076     —       —       6,220     6,220  

Trust preferred capital notes

   9,279     —       —       8,735     8,735  

Accrued interest payable

   286     —       286     —       286  

The Company assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) as a result of its normal operations. As a result, the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments will change when interest rate levels change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company. Management attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to minimize interest rate risk. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and

less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Company’s overall interest rate risk.

Note 18. Regulatory Matters

Note 18.Regulatory Matters

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total (as defined in the regulations) and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2011,2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the following table.

 

          (amounts in thousands)  Minimum To Be
Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
 
   Actual  Minimum  Capital
Requirement
  Corrective Action
Provisions
 
   Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio 

December 31, 2011:

          

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

          

Company

  $50,359     12.51 $32,192     8.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $49,761     12.38 $32,154     8.00 $40,193     10.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

          

Company

  $45,231     11.24 $16,096     4.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $44,639     11.11 $16,077     4.00 $24,116     6.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):

          

Company

  $45,231     8.45 $21,408     4.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $44,639     8.30 $21,517     4.00 $26,896     5.00

December 31, 2010:

          

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

          

Company

  $63,163     14.18 $35,624     8.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $62,550     14.06 $35,584     8.00 $44,480     10.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

          

Company

  $57,467     12.91 $17,812     4.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $56,861     12.78 $17,792     4.00 $26,688     6.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):

          

Company

  $57,467     10.54 $21,810     4.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $56,861     10.40 $21,859     4.00 $27,324     5.00

Note 19. Capital Purchase Program
          (amounts in thousands)  Minimum To Be Well 
   Actual  Minimum Capital
Requirement
  Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
   Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio 

December 31, 2013:

          

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

          

Company

  $66,437     18.21 $29,193     8.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $60,578     16.62 $29,160     8.00 $36,450     10.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

          

Company

  $61,800     16.94 $14,597     4.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $55,947     15.35 $14,580     4.00 $21,870     6.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):

          

Company

  $61,800     11.75 $21,047     4.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $55,947     10.68 $20,948     4.00 $26,184     5.00

December 31, 2012:

          

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

          

Company

  $59,876     15.34 $31,220     8.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $52,980     13.59 $31,197     8.00 $38,996     10.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

          

Company

  $54,897     14.07 $15,610     4.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $48,004     12.31 $15,599     4.00 $23,398     6.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):

          

Company

  $54,897     10.47 $20,971     4.00  N/A     N/A  

Bank

  $48,004     9.15 $20,974     4.00 $26,218     5.00

On March 13, 2009,
Note 19.Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

   Net
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
on Securities
  Adjustments
Related to
Pension
Benefits
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $977   $(843 $134  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

   1,774    (898  876  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   (59  —      (59

Deferred tax adjustment

   474    (434  40  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change during period

   2,189    (1,332  857  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $3,166   $(2,175 $991  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

   (111  (454  (565

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   (1,285  —      (1,285
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change during period

   (1,396  (454  (1,850
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $1,770   $(2,629 $(859

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

   (3,482  2,364    (1,118

Deferred tax adjustment

   583    90    673  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change during period

   (2,899  2,454    (445
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $(1,129 $(175 $(1,304
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, no amounts were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, $1.3 million and $59 thousand, respectively, was reclassified out of comprehensive income (loss) and appeared as net gains on sale of securities available for sale in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Note 20.Preferred Stock

The Company entered into a Letter Agreement and Securities Purchase Agreement—Standard Terms (collectively, the Purchase Agreement) with the Treasury Department, pursuant to which the Company soldhas (i) 13,900 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, with a par value of $1.25 per share and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the Preferred Stock) and (ii) a warrant (the Warrant) to purchase 695 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, (the Warrant Preferred Stock), at an exercise pricewith a par value of $1.25 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $13.9 million in cash. The Treasury immediately exercised the Warrant and after net settlement, received 695 shares of the Company’s Warrant Preferred Stock, which has a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share. Closing of the sale occurred on March 13, 2009 and increased Tier 1 and total capital by $13.9 million.share (the Warrant Preferred Stock). The Preferred Stock pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years,until March 13, 2014, and thereafter at a rate of 9% per annum. The Warrant Preferred Stock pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 9% per annum from the date of issuance. The discount on the Preferred Stock is amortized over a five year period using the constant effective yield method.

Note 21.Rights Offering of Common Stock

On June 29, 2012, the Company completed the sale of 1,945,815 shares of common stock in a rights offering and to certain standby investors. The Company’s existing shareholders exercised subscription rights to purchase 1,520,815 shares at a subscription price of $4.00 per share, and the standby investors purchased an additional 425,000 shares at the same price of $4.00 per share. In total, the Company raised net proceeds of $7.6 million.

Note 22.Parent Company Only Financial Statements

Note 20. Parent Company Only Financial Statements

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

(Parent Company Only)

Balance Sheets

December 31, 20112013 and 20102012

(in thousands)

 

  2011   2010   2013 2012 

Assets

       

Cash

  $124    $91    $5,395   $6,406  

Investment in subsidiaries, at cost, plus undistributed net income

   45,725     57,058     56,982   47,272  

Other assets

   563     693     470   496  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total assets

  $46,412    $57,842    $62,847   $54,174  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

       

Trust preferred capital notes

  $9,279    $9,279    $9,279   $9,279  

Other liabilities

   37     65     8    6  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

  $9,316    $9,344    $9,287   $9,285  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Preferred stock

  $14,263    $14,127    $14,564   $14,409  

Common stock

   3,695     3,686     6,127    6,127  

Surplus

   1,644     1,582     6,813    6,813  

Retained earnings, which are substantially undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

   16,503     28,969  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net

   991     134  

Retained earnings

   27,360    18,399  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

   (1,304  (859
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

  $37,096    $48,498    $53,560   $44,889  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $46,412    $57,842    $62,847   $54,174  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

(Parent Company Only)

Statements of Operations

Three Years Ended December 31, 20112013

(in thousands)

 

  2011 2010 2009   2013 2012   2011 

Income

         

Dividends from subsidiary

  $1,600   $2,575   $2,575    $—     $500    $1,600  

Other income (expense)

   (26  11    (30

Gain on sale of securities available for sale

   —     139     —    

Other income

   51   41     —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 
  $1,574   $2,586   $2,545    $51   $680    $1,600  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Expense

         

Interest expense

  $386   $439   $470    $222   $237    $386  

Stationery and supplies

   14    18    34     17    1     14  

Legal and professional fees

   —      20    75     40    —       —    

Other

   52    53    62  

Data processing

   53    —       31  

Management fee-subsidiary

   95    —       —    

Other expense

   51    6     47  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total expense

  $452   $530   $641    $478   $244    $478  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income before allocated tax benefits and undistributed income of subsidiary

  $1,122   $2,056   $1,904  

Income (loss) before allocated tax benefits and undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary

  $(427 $436    $1,122  

Allocated income tax benefits

   162    176    228  

Allocated income tax benefit

   145    22     162  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income before equity in (distributions in excess of) undistributed income of subsidiary

  $1,284   $2,232   $2,132  

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary

  $(282 $458    $1,284  

Equity in (distributions in excess of) undistributed income of subsidiary

   (12,245  (5,835�� 17  

Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary

   10,156    2,342     (12,245
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $(10,961 $(3,603 $2,149  

Net income (loss)

  $9,874   $2,800    $(10,961
  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Effective dividend and accretion on preferred stock

   894    887    704     913    904     894  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders

  $(11,855 $(4,490 $1,445  

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $8,961   $1,896    $(11,855
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

(Parent Company Only)

Statements of Cash Flows

Three Years Ended December 31, 20112013

(in thousands)

 

  2011 2010 2009   2013 2012 2011 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

        

Net (loss) income

  $(10,961 $(3,603 $2,149  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

(Undistributed) distributions in excess of earnings of subsidiaries

   12,245    5,835    (17

Compensation expense for ESOP shares allocated

   —      42    190  

Net income (loss)

  $9,874   $2,800   $(10,961

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Equity in undistributed (income) loss of subsidiary

   (10,156 (2,342 12,245  

Gain on sale of securities available for sale

   —     (139  —    

(Increase) decrease in other assets

   45    (23  42     29   (42 45  

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

   2    (9  7     —     (2 2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $1,331   $2,240   $2,371  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $(253 $275   $1,331  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

    

Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale

  $—     $164   $—    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

        

Principal payments on other borrowings

  $—     $(42 $(190

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

   —      —      13,900  

Distribution of capital to subsidiary

   —      —      (13,900  $—      (1,000  —    

Cash dividends paid on common stock

   (540  (1,433  (1,529   —      —      (540

Cash dividends paid on preferred stock

   (758  (758  (509   (758  (758  (758

Shares issued to leveraged ESOP

   —      (26  (85

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

   —      7,601    —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

  $(1,298 $(2,259 $(2,313

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  $(758 $5,843   $(1,298
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $33   $(19 $58    $(1,011 $6,282   $33  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        

Beginning

   91    110    52     6,406    124    91  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Ending

  $124   $91   $110    $5,395   $6,406   $124  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management has evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 20112013 pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2011,2013, the disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in Exchange Act reports is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported in a timely manner and (2) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Refer to Item 8 of this report for the “Management’s Report on the Effectiveness of Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.”

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation of it that occurred during the Company’s last fiscal quarter that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.Other Information

None.

PART III

 

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information required by this Item is set forth under the headings “Election of Directors – Nominees,” “Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Code of Conduct and Ethics,” “Committees” and “Director Selection Process” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11.Executive Compensation

Information required by this Item is set forth under the headings “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information required by this Item is set forth under the heading “Stock Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” and “Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company does not have any compensation plans or other arrangements under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

 

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information required by this Item is set forth under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Director Independence” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information required by this Item is set forth under the headings “Auditor Fees and Services” and “Policy for Approval of Audit and Permitted Non-Audit Services” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

 

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)

 (1)The response to this portion of Item 15 is included in Item 8 above.
 (2)The response to this portion of Item 15 is included in Item 8 above.
 (3)The following documents are attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits:
   3.1  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended and restated on March 3, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
   3.2  Articles andof Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
   3.3  Bylaws, asBy-laws of First National Corporation (as restated in electronic format only as of August 3, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference toFebruary 12, 2014), attached as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 9, 2011).February 18, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.
   4.1  Specimen of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Company’s Form 10 filed with SEC on May 2, 1994).
   4.2  Form of Certificate for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
   4.3  Form of Certificate for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
   10.3  10.1  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2007, between the Company and Dennis A. Dysart (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).
   10.410.2  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2007, between the Company and M. Shane Bell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007).
   10.510.3  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2007, between the Company and Marshall J. Beverley, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007).
   10.610.4  Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and Dennis A. Dysart and M. Shane Bell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
   10.710.5  Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and Marshall J. Beverley, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
   10.8  Letter Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2009, by and between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
  10.9Side Letter Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2009, by and between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
  10.10Form of Waiver agreement between the Senior Executive Officers and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
  10.11Form of Consent agreement between the Senior Executive Officers and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
  10.12  Employment Agreement between the Company and Scott C. Harvard (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 9, 2011).

10.9Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
   14.1  Code of Conduct and Ethics (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 11, 2008).
   21.1  Subsidiaries of the Company.
   23.1  Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.
   31.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer, Section 302 Certification.
   31.2  Certification of Chief Financial Officer, Section 302 Certification.
   32.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
   32.2  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
   99.1101     TARP Certification of Chief Executive Officer
  99.2TARP Certification of Chief Financial Officer
101  The following materials from First National Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20112013 formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(b)Exhibits

See Item 15(a)(3) above.

See Item 15(a)(3) above.
(c)Financial Statement Schedules
See Item 15(a)(2) above.

See Item 15(a)(2) above.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION
By: 

/s/ Scott C. Harvard

President and Chief Executive Officer
(on behalf of the registrant and as principal executive officer)
Date: 

March 28, 201225, 2014

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ Scott C. Harvard

 Date: March 28, 201225, 2014
President & Chief Executive Officer Director 
(principal executive officer) 

/s/ M. Shane Bell

 Date: March 28, 201225, 2014
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) 

/s/ Douglas C. Arthur

 Date: March 28, 201225, 2014
Chairman of the Board of Directors 

/s/ Byron A. BrillJohn K. Marlow

 Date: March 28, 201225, 2014
Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors 

/s/ Elizabeth H. Cottrell

 Date: March 28, 201225, 2014
Director 

/s/ Dr. James A. Davis

 Date: March 28, 201225, 2014
Director 

/s/ Dr. Miles K. Davis

Date: March 25, 2014
Director

/s/ Christopher E. French

 Date: March 28, 201225, 2014
Director 

/s/ John K. Marlow

Date: March 28, 2012
Director 

/s/ W. Allen Nicholls

Date: March 28, 2012
Director

/s/ Henry L. Shirkey

Date: March 28, 2012
Director

/s/ Gerald F. Smith, Jr.

 Date: March 28, 201225, 2014
Director 

/s/ James R. Wilkins, III

 Date: March 28, 201225, 2014
Director 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Number

  

Document

    3.1  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended and restated on March 3, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
    3.2  Articles andof Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
    3.3  Bylaws, asBy-laws of First National Corporation (as restated in electronic format only as of August 3, 2011 (incorporated herein by referenceFebruary 12, 2014), attached as Exhibit 3.1 to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 9, 2011).February 18, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.
    4.1  Specimen of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Company’s Form 10 filed with SEC on May 2, 1994).
    4.2  Form of Certificate for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
    4.3  Form of Certificate for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
  10.310.1  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2007, between the Company and Dennis A. Dysart (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).
  10.410.2  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2007, between the Company and M. Shane Bell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007).
  10.510.3  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2007, between the Company and Marshall J. Beverley, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007).
  10.610.4  Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and Dennis A. Dysart and M. Shane Bell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
  10.710.5  Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and Marshall J. Beverley, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
  10.8  Letter Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2009, by and between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
  10.9Side Letter Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2009, by and between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
  10.10Form of Waiver agreement between the Senior Executive Officers and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
  10.11Form of Consent agreement between the Senior Executive Officers and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009).
  10.12Employment Agreement between the Company and Scott C. Harvard (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 9, 2011).
  10.9Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
  14.1  Code of Conduct and Ethics (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 11, 2008).
  21.1  Subsidiaries of the Company.

  23.1  Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.
  31.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer, Section 302 Certification.
  31.2  Certification of Chief Financial Officer, Section 302 Certification.
  32.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
  32.2  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
  99.1TARP Certification of Chief Executive Officer
  99.2TARP Certification of Chief Financial Officer
101  The following materials from First National Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20112013 formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

8489